UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________

Form 10-K
____________________

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011
 
Commission File Number: 0-21683
 
CORPORATE LOGO
GraphOn Corporation
 (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
13-3899021
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
5400 Soquel Avenue, Suite A2
Santa Cruz, California 95062
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 (800) 472-7466
(Registrant’s telephone number)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  None
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:  Common Stock, $0.0001 par value
 

 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  o      No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulations S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).Yes  þ       No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
o  Large accelerated filer     o  Accelerated filer     o Non-Accelerated filer      þ  Smaller reporting company
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o      No  þ
 
As of June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was $6,297,100.
 
As of March 23, 2012, there were outstanding 81,943,015 shares of the Registrant’s common stock.
 



 
 

 

GRAPHON CORPORATION
 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
PART I
Page
Item 1.
1
Item 1A.
9
Item 1B.
12
Item 2.
12
Item 3.
12
Item 4.
14
 
PART II
 
Item 5.
15
Item 6.
16
Item 7.
17
Item 7A.
27
Item 8.
27
Item 9.
52
Item 9A.
52
Item 9B.
53
 
PART III
 
Item 10.
54
Item 11.
56
Item 12.
59
Item 13.
61
Item 14.
63
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.
64

 
Forward-Looking Information
 

 
This report includes, in addition to historical information, "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  This act provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information about themselves so long as they identify these statements as forward-looking and provide meaningful cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ from the projected results.  All statements other than statements of historical fact we make in this report are forward-looking statements.  In particular, the statements regarding industry prospects and our future results of operations or financial position are forward-looking statements.  Such statements are based on management's current expectations and are subject to a number of uncertainties and risks that could cause actual results to differ significantly from those described in the forward looking statements.  Factors that may cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors," as well as those discussed elsewhere in this report.  Statements included in this report are based upon information known to us as of the date that this report is filed with the SEC, and we assume no obligation to update or alter our forward-looking statements made in this report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by applicable federal securities laws.


 
 


PART I
 
ITEM 1.                BUSINESS
 
General

We are developers of cloud application delivery software for multiple computer operating systems, including Windows, UNIX and several Linux-based variants.  Our immediate focus is on developing Web-enabling applications for use and/or resale by independent software vendors (ISVs), corporate enterprises, governmental and educational institutions, and others who wish to take advantage of cross-platform remote access, and on developing software-based secure, private cloud environments.  We have also made significant investments in intellectual property.

Cloud application delivery is a broad-based term that describes software technologies that can create or enhance the portability, manageability and/or compatibility of a software application or program.  A public cloud refers to a system that is generally externally sited from a particular enterprise and whose resources are accessible over the Internet to anyone willing to purchase such services.  A private cloud refers to a system that is contained entirely within a private network, e.g., within an enterprise, a department within an enterprise or hosted on dedicated rented machines.

Cloud application delivery software is sometimes referred to, or categorized, as thin-client computing, or server-based computing. It is a software model wherein traditional desktop software applications are relocated to run entirely on a server, or host computer.  This centralized deployment and management of applications reduces the complexity and total costs associated with enterprise computing.  Our software architecture provides application developers with the ability to relocate their desktop applications to a host computer from where they can be quickly accessed by a wide range of computer and display devices over a variety of connections. Applications can be Web-enabled without the need to modify the original Windows, UNIX or Linux application’s software. Secure private cloud environments can be implemented where the applications and data remain centralized behind a secure firewall and are accessed from remote locations.

On September 1, 2011, we completed a private placement (the “2011 private placement”) of 35,500,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 23,075,000 shares of our common stock. We derived net cash proceeds of approximately $6,125,500 from the 2011 private placement. We intend to use the net cash proceeds derived from the 2011 private placement for the development, commercialization and exploitation of our present and future intellectual property (“IP”) and working capital resources.

On October 11, 2011, we engaged ipCapital Group, Inc., an affiliate of John Cronin, who is one of our directors, to assist us in the execution of our strategic decision to significantly strengthen, grow and commercially exploit our intellectual property assets. Our engagement agreement with ipCapital, as amended, affords us the right to request a number of diverse services to facilitate our ability to identify and extract from our current intellectual property base new inventions, potential patent applications and marketing and licensing opportunities, at a cost to us of up to $540,000. As of March 23, 2012, numerous invention ideas have been generated, captured and documented pursuant to ipCapital’s processes, which have led to our filing of 34 new patent applications. In addition, a substantial number of new patent applications are currently in process, which we expect to file in 2012.

We are a Delaware corporation, founded in May 1996.  Our headquarters are located at 5400 Soquel Avenue, Suite A2, Santa Cruz, California, 95062 and our phone number is 1-800-GRAPHON (1-800-472-7466).   We also have offices in Campbell, California, Concord, New Hampshire, Irvine, California, and Charlotte, North Carolina. Additionally, we have remote employees located in various states, as well as internationally in England and Israel. Our Internet Website is http://www.graphon.com .  The information on our Website is not part of this annual report.

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to such reports filed with or furnished to the SEC under sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are made available free of charge on our Website (click the “Investors” link under the “About GraphOn” tab and then click “View all GraphOn SEC filings on SEC Website”) as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.



Software

Background

PC software, generally, has grown dramatically in size and complexity in recent years.  As a result, the cost of supporting and maintaining PC desktops has increased substantially.  Industry analysts and enterprise users alike have begun to recognize that the total cost of PC ownership, taking into account the recurring cost of technical support, administration, security and end-user down time, has become high, both in absolute terms, and relative to the initial hardware purchase price.

With increasing demands to control corporate computing costs, industry leaders are developing technology to address total cost of ownership issues.  One approach is to move applications into a public cloud. Companies with public cloud software solutions can offer “software as a service” (“SaaS”) with compelling short-term cost benefits. Another alternative is to offer the software via a “private cloud,” which is hosted on a company’s own or rented servers. With this alternative, the applications and data still reside in the company’s data center. A third alternative is to move to a virtual desktop infrastructure that provides access to a complete desktop from a distance, while the desktop resides on a centralized server. All three of these alternatives are examples of remote access to server-based applications. They simplify individual desktops by moving the responsibility of running and maintaining applications to a central server, with the promise of lowering total cost of ownership.

Our software enables remote access to applications, data and files for all of the three alternatives discussed above.

Computing Challenges Facing Enterprises

Operating systems such as Windows, UNIX and Linux, are computer-based software programs that manage computer hardware resources and provide common services for efficient execution of various application software. Today’s enterprises contain a diverse collection of end-user devices, each with its own particular operating system, processing power and connection type.  Consequently, it is becoming increasingly difficult to provide universal access to business-critical applications across the enterprise.  As a result, organizations resort to application virtualization software, new hardware, or costly application rewrites in order to provide universal application access.

A common cross-platform problem for the enterprise is the need to access UNIX or Linux applications from a PC desktop.  While UNIX-based computers dominate the enterprise applications market, Microsoft Windows-based PCs dominate the enterprise desktop market.  Since the early 1990s, enterprises have been striving to connect desktop PCs to UNIX applications over all types of connections, including networks and standard phone lines.  This effort, however, is both complex and costly.  Enterprises are looking for effective UNIX connectivity software for PCs and non-PC desktops that is easier and less expensive to administer and maintain.

Businesses today are also exploring alternatives to the Windows desktop.  The Linux desktop is a popular choice as it promises lower acquisition costs and avoids “single vendor lock-in.”  Both Linux and UNIX desktops, popular in many engineering organizations, need to access the large number of applications written for the Windows operating environment, such as Microsoft Office.

Another trend is mobile and tablet devices. This area is growing very rapidly, with businesses having to deal with the concept of BYOD (bring you own device), a common issue currently facing Information Technology departments.  While mobile and tablet devices come with various operating systems and different hardware requirements, the end-user nevertheless expects access to existing cross-platform applications he or she normally uses, whether they be Windows, UNIX or Linux-based.

The cost and complexity of contemporary enterprise computing has been further complicated by the growth in remote access requirements.  As business activities become physically distributed, computer users have looked to portable computers and mobile devices with remote access capabilities to stay connected in a highly dispersed work environment.  One problem facing remote computing over the Internet, or direct telephone connections, is the slow speed of communication in contrast to the high speed of internal corporate networks.  Applications requiring remote access must be tailored to the limited speed and lower reliability of remote connections, further complicating the already significant challenge of connecting desktop users to business-critical applications.

Our software allows remote access to complex, high-performance Windows, UNIX and Linux applications on local, remote and mobile devices, over high-latency Internet connections or slow dial-up lines.


Our Technology

Our application virtualization software and private cloud software deploy, manage, support and execute applications entirely on a host computer by interfacing efficiently and instantaneously to the user’s desktop or portable device.  Our Windows-based Bridges software enabled us to enter the Windows application market by providing support for Windows applications to enterprise customers and to leverage ISVs as a distribution channel.  Our GO-Global for Windows product increased application compatibility, server scalability and improved application performance over our Bridges software. GO-Global Windows Host 4, our next generation Windows-based software, provides both application virtualization and private cloud computing functionalities.

Our protocol, which enables efficient communication over both fast and slow connections, allows applications to be accessed from remote locations with network-like performance and responsiveness.

We believe that the major benefits of our technology are as follows:

·  
Lowers Total Cost of Ownership.   Reducing information technology costs is a primary goal of our software products.  Installing enterprise applications is time-consuming, complex, and expensive, typically requiring administrators to manually install and support diverse desktop configurations and interactions.  Our application virtualization software and private cloud software will simplify application management by enabling deployment, administration and support from a central location (the host).  Installation and updates will be made only on the host, thereby avoiding desktop software and operating system conflicts and minimizing at-the-desk support.
 
·  
Supports Strong Information Security Practices.   The distributed nature of most organizations’ computing environments makes information security difficult.  Business assets, in the form of data, are often dispersed among desktop systems.  Our private cloud approach places the application and data on an organization’s servers, behind its firewalls, thus enabling an organization to centrally manage and protect its applications and data.
 
·  
Web-enables Existing Applications.   The Internet represents a fundamental change in distributed computing.  Organizations now benefit from ubiquitous access to corporate resources by both local and remote users.  However, to fully exploit this opportunity, organizations need to find a way to provide access to existing applications from Internet-enabled devices.  Our technology is specifically targeted at solving this problem.  With GO-Global, an organization can provide access to an application already existing on the host to an Internet-enabled device without the need to rewrite the application.  This reduces application development costs while preserving the original user interface, which is typically difficult to replicate in Web-based versions of the original application.
 
·  
Connects Diverse Computing Platforms.   Today’s computing infrastructures are a mix of computing devices, network connections and operating systems.  Enterprise-wide application deployment is problematic due to this heterogeneity, often requiring costly and complex emulation software or application rewrites.  Our products afford business enterprises and other organizations the means to permit their personnel to access applications from virtually all devices, utilizing their existing computing infrastructure, without rewriting a single line of code or changing or reconfiguring hardware.  This means that enterprises can maximize their investment in existing technology and allow users to work in their preferred environment.
 
·  
Leverages Existing PCs and Deploys New Desktop Hardware.   Our software brings the benefits of application virtualization to users of existing PC hardware, while simultaneously enabling enterprises to take advantage of, and deploy, new, less complex network computers.  This assists organizations in maximizing their current investment in hardware and software while, at the same time, facilitating a manageable and cost-effective transition to newer devices.
 



·  
Efficient Communications Protocol.   Applications typically are designed for network-connected desktops, which can put tremendous strain on congested networks and may yield poor, sometimes unacceptable, performance over remote connections.  For application service providers, bandwidth typically is the top recurring expense when Web-enabling, or renting, access to applications over the Internet.  In the wireless market, bandwidth constraints limit application deployment.  Our communications protocol sends only keystrokes, mouse clicks and display updates over the network, resulting in minimal impact on bandwidth for application deployment, thus lowering costs on a per-user basis.  Within the enterprise, our protocol can extend the reach of business-critical applications to many areas, including branch offices, telecommuters and remote users over the Internet, phone lines or wireless connections.  This concept may be extended further to include vendors and customers for increased flexibility, time-to-market and customer satisfaction.

Our Software Products

Our primary software product offerings can be categorized into product families as follows:

·  
GO-Global Host: Host products allow access to applications from remote locations and a variety of connections, including the Internet and dial-up connections.  Such access allows applications to be run via a Web browser, over many types of data connections, regardless of the bandwidth or operating system.  Web-enabling is achieved without modifying the underlying application’s code or requiring costly add-ons.
 
Host family products include GO-Global Windows Host 4 and all currently available versions of our legacy GO-Global products (GO-Global for Windows 3.2 and GO-Global for UNIX 2.2).
 
·  
GO-Global Cloud: Cloud products offer   a centralized management suite that gives users the ability to access and share applications, files and documents on Windows, UNIX and Linux computers via simple hyperlinks. They give administrators extensive control over user rights and privileges, and allow them to monitor and manage clusters of GO-Global Hosts that support thousands of users. GO-Global Cloud products give application developers the ability to integrate Windows, UNIX and Linux applications into their Web-based enterprise and workflow applications. GO-Global Cloud products include GO-Global Host capabilities. We released GO-Global Cloud for Windows in March 2011 and expect to release GO-Global Cloud for UNIX in 2012.
 
·  
GO-Global Client: We plan to continue to develop Client products for portable and mobile devices. We released Client products for the iPad and Android tablets in June 2011 and February 2012, respectively.

Target Markets

The target market for our products includes small to medium-sized companies, departments within large corporations, governmental and educational institutions, ISVs and value-added resellers (“VARs”). Our software enables these targeted organizations to move their existing applications to the public cloud and provide SaaS or move them to a secure, private cloud environment. By using our software, organizations can give their remote users, partners and customers access to their native applications. Our software is designed to allow these organizations and enterprises to tailor the configuration of the end-user device for a particular purpose, rather than following a “one PC fits all” high-cost ownership model. We believe our opportunities are as follows:




·  
ISVs .   By Web-enabling their applications through use of our products, we believe that our ISV customers can accelerate their time to market without the risks and delays associated with rewriting applications or using other third-party software, thereby opening up additional revenue opportunities and securing greater satisfaction and loyalty from their customers.
 
Our technology integrates with their existing software applications without sacrificing the full-featured look and feel of such applications, thereby providing ISVs with out-of-the-box Web-enabled applications with their own branding for licensed, volume distribution to their enterprise customers.  We further believe that ISVs that effectively address the Web computing needs of customers and the emerging application service provider market will have a competitive advantage in the marketplace.
 
·  
Enterprises Employing a Mix of UNIX, Linux, Macintosh and Windows.   Small to medium-sized companies that utilize a mixed computing environment require cross-platform connectivity software, like GO-Global Host and/or GO-Global Cloud, that will allow users to access applications from different client devices.  We believe that our server-based software products will significantly reduce the cost and complexity of connecting PCs to various applications.
 
·    
Enterprises with Remote Computer Users and/or Extended Markets.   We believe that remote computer users and enterprises with extended markets comprise two of the faster growing market segments in the computing industry.  Extended enterprises permit access to their computing resources by their customers, suppliers, distributors and other partners, thereby affording them manufacturing flexibility, increased speed-to-market, and enhanced customer satisfaction.  For example, extended enterprises may maintain decreased inventory via just-in-time, vendor-managed inventory and related techniques, or they may license their proprietary software application on a “pay-per-use” model, based on actual time usage by the user.  The early adoption of extended enterprise software may be driven in part by an organization’s need to exchange information over a wide variety of computing platforms.  We believe that our server-based software products, along with our low-impact communications protocol, which has been designed to enable highly efficient low-bandwidth connections, are well positioned to provide extended enterprises with the necessary means to exchange information over a wide variety of computing platforms.
 
·  
VARs.   The VAR channel presents an additional sales force for our products and services.  In addition to creating broader awareness of our GO-Global products, VARs also provide integration and support services for our current and potential customers.  Our products allow VARs to offer a cost-effective competitive alternative for server-based, or thin-client, computing.  In addition, reselling our GO-Global products creates new revenue streams for our VARs.

Strategic Customer Relationships

We believe it is important to maintain our current strategic alliances and to seek suitable new alliances in order to enhance shareholder value, improve our technology and/or enhance our ability to penetrate relevant target markets.  We also are focusing on strategic relationships that have immediate revenue generating potential, strengthen our position in the server-based software market, add complementary capabilities and/or raise awareness of our products and us.  Our strategic relationships include the following:

·  
We are party to a non-exclusive distribution agreement with KitASP, a Japanese application service provider founded by companies within Japan’s electronics and infrastructure industries, including NTT DATA, Mitsubishi Electric, Omron, RICS, Toyo Engineering and Hitachi. Pursuant to this agreement, which was entered into in September 2011, KitASP has licensed our GO-Global product line for inclusion in their software products, primarily their server-bundled application service provider software solution. Our agreement with KitASP is for a minimum of twelve months, during which time it may only be terminated upon the occurrence of a limited number of circumstances. After the initial twelve-month period, either party may terminate the contract upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.
 



·  
We are party to a non-exclusive distribution agreement with Ericsson, a global provider of telecommunications equipment and related services to mobile and fixed network operations. Pursuant to this agreement, Ericsson has licensed our legacy GO-Global for UNIX software for inclusion with their ServiceON Optical and ServiceON Access telecommunications network management systems. Our agreement with Ericsson, which was originally entered into in September 2000, automatically renews annually. Either party may terminate the contract upon written notice to the other party at least one month prior to the expiration of the then current term.
 
·  
We are party to a non-exclusive channel partner agreement with Elosoft Informatica Ltda, a South American distributor of various technology products, including both hardware and software offerings, and related services. Under the terms of this agreement, Elosoft has licensed both our GO-Global Windows Host and legacy GO-Global for UNIX software for deployment to their distribution network with both sub-distributors and end-users. Our agreement with Elosoft, which was originally entered into in February 2005, automatically renews annually. Either party may terminate the agreement upon 60 days written notice to the other party.
 
·  
We are party to a non-exclusive global purchasing agreement with Alcatel-Lucent, a telecommunications, network systems and services company.  Pursuant to this relationship, which started in July 1999, Alcatel-Lucent has licensed our legacy GO-Global for UNIX software for inclusion with their software products.  Many of Alcatel-Lucent’s customers are using our legacy server-based software to remote access Alcatel-Lucent's Network Management Systems (NMS) applications.  Our current agreement with Alcatel-Lucent expires in December 2012.  Either party may renew the agreement for additional periods of twelve months upon written notice to the other party at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the then current term.  Lacking such renewal notice, the agreement will expire at the end of its term.
 

Sales, Marketing and Support

Sales and marketing efforts for our software products are directed at increasing product awareness and demand among ISVs, small to medium-sized enterprises, departments within larger corporations and VARs who have a vertical orientation or are focused on Windows, UNIX and/or Linux environments.  Current marketing activities include Internet marketing, direct response, targeted advertising campaigns, tradeshows, promotional materials, public relations, and maintaining an active Web presence for marketing and sales purposes.

We currently consider KitASP, Ericsson, Elosoft and Alcatel-Lucent to be our most significant customers.  Sales to these customers represented approximately 11.8%, 8.6%, 5.6% and 4.9% of total software sales during 2011, respectively, and approximately 3.5%, 14.7%, 5.2% and 7.8% of total software sales during 2010, respectively.

Many of our customers enter into, and periodically renew, maintenance contracts to ensure continued product updates and support.  Currently, we offer maintenance contracts for one, two, three and five-year periods.

Operations

We perform all purchasing, order processing and shipping of products and accounting functions related to our operations.  Although we generally ship products electronically, when a customer requires us to physically ship them a disc, production of the disc, printing of documentation and packaging are also accomplished through in-house means; however, since virtually all of our orders are currently being fulfilled electronically, we do not maintain any prepackaged inventory. Additionally, we have relatively little backlog at any given time; thus, we do not consider backlog a significant indicator of future performance.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts currently are focused on further enhancing the functionality, performance and reliability of existing products and developing new products.  We invested approximately $2,547,400 and $2,466,700 in research and development with respect to our software products in 2011 and 2010, respectively.  During 2011 and 2010 we capitalized an additional $209,900 and $277,800 of development investments incurred in the development of products we released during 2011 and 2010, respectively. We expect to continue to make significant product investments during 2012.


Competition

The software markets in which we participate are highly competitive.  Competitive factors in our market space include price, product quality, functionality, product differentiation and the breadth and variety of product offerings and product features.  We believe that our products offer certain advantages over our competitors, particularly in product performance and market positioning.

We encounter competition from developers of conventional server-based software for the individual PC as well as competition from other companies in the cloud computing software market and the application virtualization software market.  We believe our principal competitors in the cloud computing software market include Citrix Systems, Inc., OpenText Communications, Ltd. and Microsoft Corporation.  Citrix is an established leading vendor of virtualization software, OpenText is an established market leader for remote access to UNIX applications and Microsoft is an established leading vendor of Windows operating systems and services for servers.

Intellectual Property
 
We rely primarily on trade secret protection, copyright law, confidentiality, and proprietary information agreements to protect our proprietary technology and registered trademarks.  Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy portions of our products, or to obtain information we regard as proprietary.  The loss of any material trade secret, trademark, trade name or copyright could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.  We intend to defend our proprietary technology rights; however, we cannot give any assurance that our efforts to protect our proprietary technology rights will be successful.

We do not believe our products infringe on the rights of any third parties, but we can give no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the future, or that any such assertion will not result in costly litigation or require us to obtain a license to proprietary technology rights of such parties.
 
ipCapital Agreement
 
We believe that intellectual property (IP) is a business tool that potentially maximizes our competitive advantages and product differentiation, grows revenue opportunities, encourages collaboration with key business partners, and protects our long-term growth opportunities.  Strategic IP development is therefore a critical component of our overall business strategy.  It is a business function that consistently interacts with our research and development, product development, and marketing initiatives to generate further value from those operations.
 
On October 11, 2011, we engaged ipCapital Group, Inc., an affiliate of John Cronin, who is one of our directors, to assist us in the execution of our strategic decision to significantly strengthen, grow and commercially exploit our intellectual property assets.
 
Our engagement agreement with ipCapital affords us the right to request ipCapital to perform a number of diverse services, employing its proprietary processes and methodologies, to facilitate our ability to identify and extract from our current intellectual property base new inventions, potential patent applications, and marketing and licensing opportunities. Between November 4, 2011 and January 20, 2012, we entered into three separate addendums to our agreement with ipCapital to provide us with additional services related to identifying and extracting additional new inventions, and drafting new invention disclosures, among other opportunities.
 
We will decide in our sole discretion how many of these services, whose cost to us will range from $5,000 to $60,000 per service, we request. Should we request ipCapital to perform all of these services, the total cost to us of all the services so provided would aggregate $540,000, which we expect would be expended throughout 2012. As of December 31, 2011, we had requested ipCapital to perform four diverse services at an aggregate cost of $150,000.
 
In addition to the fees we agreed to pay ipCapital for its services, we issued ipCapital a five-year warrant to purchase up to 400,000 shares of our common stock at an initial price of $0.26 per share. The warrant will vest and become exercisable to the extent of 200,000 of these shares in three equal annual installments commencing on October 11, 2012, and to the extent of the remaining 200,000 shares, upon the completion to our satisfaction of all services that we have requested ipCapital to perform on our behalf under the engagement agreement, prior to the signing of any amendments. We believe that these fees, together with the issuance of the warrant, constitute no greater compensation than we would be required to pay to an unaffiliated person for substantially similar services.
 
Pursuant to our agreement with ipCapital, several ipScan® and Invention on Demand® sessions were conducted between September 2011 and March 2012. During these sessions, numerous invention ideas were generated, captured and documented pursuant to ipCapital’s processes. As a result of these sessions, 34 new patent applications have been filed, of which 27 pertain to our GraphOn technology and 7 pertain to our NES patent portfolio, as discussed below.


GraphOn Patent Portfolio

We have 29 patent applications pending on our technology as of April 12, 2012. We expect to file more applications as we implement further updates to our product line and continue activity under the ipCapital agreement. We have not filed applications for patents pertaining to our technology in any foreign jurisdiction.
 
Prior to our association with ipCapital, we had two issued patents pertaining to our core technology, including our proprietary RXP protocol. Additionally, two patent applications were pending that related to our core technology prior to our association with ipCapital.

NES Patent Portfolio

Through our acquisition of Network Engineering Solutions, Inc. (“NES”) in January 2005, we acquired the rights to the NES patent portfolio, which consisted primarily of method patents that describe software and network architectures to accomplish certain tasks through computer networks or the Internet, as well as other intellectual property rights. Including continuation patents granted since the date of that acquisition and the recent cancellation of one patent during a reexamination process, the NES portfolio now consists of 23 issued patents. These patents will expire at various times between December 2014 and October 2016. As of March 23, 2012, eleven patent applications were pending in the Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”) that are continuations of previously issued patents in the NES portfolio. At that date, the applications had been pending for various periods ranging from approximately 2 to 72 months. Between 2005 and 2008, we initiated litigation against certain companies that we believed violated one or more of these patents. We do not expect to be initiating any new infringement litigation with respect to any NES portfolio patents that were not already involved in our on-going litigation as of December 31, 2008.
We have not filed applications for patents pertaining to our NES portfolio in any foreign jurisdiction.

See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” for information relating to infringement litigation involving certain patents in the NES portfolio, including our U.S. Patent No. 5,826,014. If claims within this patent were to be ultimately rejected, such rejection would have no impact on our GO-Global product line as the GO-Global technology is based on other patents.

Employees

As of March 23, 2012, we had a full-time equivalent total of 34 employees, including 6.5 in marketing, sales and support, 19.5 in research and development (which is inclusive of employees who may also perform customer service related activities), 6 in administration and finance and 2 in our patent group.  We believe our relationship with our employees is good.  None of our employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement.




ITEM 1A . RISK FACTORS
 
The risks and uncertainties described below could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. The Risk Factors described below include the considerable risks associated with the current economic environment and the related potential adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations. You should read these Risk Factors in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Item 8. There also may be other factors that we cannot anticipate or that are not described in this report generally because we do not currently perceive them to be material. Those factors could cause results to differ materially from our expectations.
 
We have a history of operating losses and expect these losses to continue, at least for the near future.

We have experienced significant operating losses since we began operations.  We incurred operating losses of $1,984,700 and $835,600 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We expect that both our Software and Intellectual Property segments will incur operating losses in fiscal 2012; consequently, we expect to report an operating loss on a consolidated basis for the year ended December 31, 2012. In subsequent reporting periods, if revenues grow more slowly than anticipated, or if aggregate operating expenses exceed expectations, we will continue to be unprofitable.  Even if we become profitable, we may be unable to sustain such profitability.

Weak economic conditions could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

The current weak economic conditions, coupled with continued uncertainty as to its duration and severity, could negatively impact our current and prospective customers, resulting in delays or reductions in their technology purchases. As a result, we could experience fewer new orders, fewer renewals, longer sales cycles, the impact of the slower adoption of newer technologies, increased price competition, and downward pressure on our pricing during contract renewals, any of which could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. These weak economic conditions also may negatively impact our ability to collect payment for outstanding debts owed to us by our customers or other parties with whom we do business. We cannot predict the timing or strength of any subsequent recovery that may occur.

Our revenue is typically generated from a limited number of significant customers.

A material portion of our revenue during any reporting period is typically generated from a limited number of significant customers, all of which are unrelated third parties.  We categorize our customers into three broad categories for revenue recognition purposes: stocking resellers, non-stocking resellers and direct end users. If any of our significant non-stocking resellers or direct end users reduce their order level or fail to order during a reporting period, our revenue could be materially adversely impacted because we recognize revenue on sales to these customers upon product delivery, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Our significant stocking resellers are typically ISVs who have bundled our products with theirs to sell as Web-enabled versions of their products. These customers maintain inventories of our products for resale, and we do not recognize revenue until our products are resold to end users, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. If these customers determine to maintain a lower level of inventory in the future and/or they are unable to sell their inventory to end users as quickly as they have in the past, our revenue and business could be materially adversely impacted.

If we are unable to develop new products and enhancements to our existing products, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

The market for our products and services is characterized by:

·  
frequent new product and service introductions and enhancements;
·  
rapid technological change;
·  
evolving industry standards;
·  
fluctuations in customer demand; and
·  
changes in customer requirements.



Our future success depends on our ability to continually enhance our current products and develop and introduce new products that our customers choose to buy.  If we are unable to satisfy our customers’ demands and remain competitive with other products that could satisfy their needs by introducing new products and enhancements, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.  Our future success could be hindered by, among other factors:

·  
the amount of cash we have available to fund investment in new products and enhancements;
·  
delays in our introduction of new products and/or enhancements of existing products;
·  
delays in market acceptance of new products and/or enhancements of existing products; and
·  
a competitor’s announcement of new products and/or product enhancements or technologies that could replace or shorten the life cycle of our existing products.

For example, sales of our GO-Global Windows Host software could be affected by the announcement from Microsoft of the intended release, and the subsequent actual release, of a new Windows-based operating system, such as Windows 8, or an upgrade to a previously released Windows-based operating system version. These new or upgraded systems may contain similar features to our products or they could contain architectural changes that would temporarily prevent our products from functioning properly within a Windows-based operating system environment.

Sales of products within our GO-Global product families constitute a substantial majority of our revenue.
 
We anticipate that sales of products within our GO-Global product families, and related enhancements, will continue to constitute a substantial majority of our revenue for the foreseeable future.  The success, if any, of our new GO-Global products may depend on a number of factors, including market acceptance of the new GO-Global products and our ability to manage the risks associated with product introduction.  Declines in demand for our GO-Global products could occur as a result of, among other factors:
 
·  
lack of success with our strategic partners;
·  
new competitive product releases and updates to existing competitive products;
·  
decreasing or stagnant information technology spending levels;
·  
price competition;
·  
technological changes; or
·  
general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate.
 
If our customers do not continue to purchase GO-Global products as a result of these or other factors, our revenue would decrease and our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows would be adversely affected.
 
Our operating results in one or more future periods are likely to fluctuate significantly and may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of investors.
 
Our operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future on a quarterly and annual basis due to a number of factors, many of which are outside our control.  Factors that could cause our operating results and therefore our revenues to fluctuate include the following, among other factors:

·  
our ability to maximize the revenue opportunities of our patents;
·  
variations in the size of orders by our customers;
·  
increased competition; and
·  
the proportion of overall revenues derived from different sales channels such as distributors, original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and others.

In addition, our royalty and license revenues are impacted by fluctuations in OEM licensing activity from quarter to quarter, which may involve one-time orders from non-recurring customers, or customers who order infrequently.  Our expense levels are based, in part, on expected future orders and sales; therefore, if orders and sales levels are below expectations, our operating results are likely to be materially adversely affected.  Additionally, because significant portions of our expenses are fixed, a reduction in sales levels may disproportionately affect our net income.  Also, we may reduce prices and/or increase spending in response to competition or to pursue new market opportunities.  Because of these factors, our operating results in one or more future periods may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of investors.  In that event, the trading price of our common stock would likely be adversely affected.


We will encounter challenges in recruiting, hiring and retaining new personnel and/or replacements for any members of key management or other personnel who depart.
 
Our success and business strategy is dependent in large part on our ability to attract and retain key management and other personnel in certain areas of our business.  If any of these employees were to leave, we would need to attract and retain replacements for them.  Without a successful replacement, the loss of the services of one or more key members of our management group and other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. We do not have long-term employment agreements with any of our key personnel and any officer or other employee can terminate their relationship with us at any time. We may also need to add key personnel in the future, in order to successfully implement our business strategies. The market for such qualified personnel is highly competitive and it includes other potential employers whose financial resources for such qualified personnel are more substantial than ours. Consequently, we could find it difficult to attract, assimilate or retain such qualified personnel in sufficient numbers to successfully implement our business strategies.

Our failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights may adversely affect us.
 
Our commercial success is dependent, in large part, upon our ability to protect our proprietary rights.  We rely on a combination of patent, copyright and trademark laws, and on trade secrets and confidentiality provisions and other contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights.  These measures afford only limited protection.  We cannot assure you that measures we have taken or may take in the future will be adequate to protect us from misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property.  Despite our efforts to protect proprietary rights, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.  In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights as fully as do the laws of the United States.  Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the existence of any proprietary rights will prevent the development of competitive products.  The infringement upon, or loss of, any proprietary rights, or the development of competitive products despite such proprietary rights, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business significantly benefits from strategic relationships and there can be no assurance that such relationships will continue in the future.
 
Our business and strategy relies to a significant extent on our strategic relationships with other companies.  There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain or further develop any of these relationships or to replace them in the event any of these relationships are terminated.  In addition, any failure to renew or extend any license between any third party and us may adversely affect our business.

We rely on indirect distribution channels for our products and may not be able to retain existing reseller relationships or to develop new reseller relationships.
 
Our products are primarily sold through several distribution channels.  An integral part of our strategy is to strengthen our relationships with resellers such as OEMs, systems integrators, VARs, distributors and other vendors to encourage these parties to recommend or distribute our products and to add resellers both domestically and internationally.  We currently invest, and intend to continue to invest, significant resources to expand our sales and marketing capabilities.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and/or retain resellers to market our products effectively.  Our inability to attract resellers and the loss of any current reseller relationships could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.  Additionally, we cannot assure you that resellers will devote enough resources to provide effective sales and marketing support to our products.

The market in which we participate is highly competitive and has more established competitors.
 
The market we participate in is intensely competitive, rapidly evolving and subject to continuous technological changes.  We expect competition to increase as other companies introduce additional competitive products.  In order to compete effectively, we must continually develop and market new and enhanced products and market those products at competitive prices.  As markets for our products continue to develop, additional companies, including companies in the computer hardware, software and networking industries with significant market presence, may enter the markets in which we compete and further intensify competition.  A number of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and significantly greater financial, sales, technical, marketing and other resources than we do.  We cannot give any assurance that our competitors will not develop and market competitive products that will offer superior price or performance features, or that new competitors will not enter our markets and offer such products.  We believe that we will need to invest significant financial resources in research and development to remain competitive in the future.  Such financial resources may not be available to us at the time or times that we need them, or upon terms acceptable to us, or at all.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to establish and maintain a significant market position in the face of our competition and our failure to do so would adversely affect our business.



Our stock is thinly traded and its price has been historically volatile.

Our stock is thinly traded. As such, holders of our stock are subject to a high risk of illiquidity, e.g., you may not be able to sell as many shares at the price you would like, or you may not be able to purchase as many shares at the price you would like, due to the low average daily trading volume of our stock. Additionally, the market price of our stock has historically been volatile; it has fluctuated significantly to date.  The trading price of our stock is likely to continue to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations.  Your investment in our stock could lose some or all of its value.
 
ITEM 1B . UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
Our corporate headquarters currently occupies approximately 1,850 square feet of office space in Santa Cruz, California, under a lease that will expire in July 2012.  Rental of these premises will average approximately $4,100 per month over the remaining term of the lease, which is inclusive of our pro rata share of utilities, facilities maintenance and other costs. During June 2011, we received notice from the County of Santa Cruz (the “County”) that it intends to purchase the corporate office complex where our office is located from our landlord. Under certain statutes that enable the County to make such purchase, we could be required to vacate our space within 90 days of receiving notice from the County that it will be terminating our lease. Such notice could occur at any time prior to the expiration of the lease, however; as of March 23, 2012 we have not received such notice. As more fully discussed in the next paragraph, we have signed a lease for office space in Campbell, California and will be relocating our corporate offices to such space prior to the expiration of the Santa Cruz lease. We do not expect the relocation costs to be material.

During December 2011, we entered into a 64-month office lease for approximately 4,400 square feet in Campbell, California that ultimately will house our new products engineering team and our corporate offices. Rent on this facility will average approximately $12,200 per month over the term of the lease, net of our pro rata share of utilities, facilities maintenance and other costs.

Our domestic research and development team currently occupies approximately 5,560 square feet of office space in Concord, New Hampshire, under a lease that will expire in September 2012.  Rent on the Concord facility will approximate $8,800 per month over the remaining term of the lease. We expect to renew the Concord lease upon its expiration.

We occupy approximately 150 square feet of office space in Irvine, California and in Charlotte, North Carolina under leases that each expire in March 2013.  Monthly rental payments for these offices, which are used primarily for sales and marketing, are approximately $1,200 and $1,000, respectively.

We believe our current and future facilities will be adequate to accommodate our needs for the foreseeable future.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
Between 2005 and 2008, we initiated litigation against certain companies that we believed violated one of more of the patents we acquired from Network Engineering Software (“NES”). Even though all of the attorneys we have retained to represent our interests in enforcing our patents have agreed to represent us on a contingency basis, certain significant costs of enforcement, including those associated with expert consultants and travel, are required to be paid as incurred. We do not expect to be initiating any new infringement litigation with respect to any of the NES portfolio patents that were not already involved in our on-going litigation as of December 31, 2008. We can give no assurances that we will be able to continue this litigation in the future.

The paragraphs that follow summarize the status of all currently pending legal proceedings. In all such proceedings we have retained the services of various outside counsel. All such counsel have been retained under contingency fee arrangements that require us to only pay for certain non-contingent fees, such as services for expert consultants, and travel, prior to a verdict or settlement of the respective underlying proceeding.


GraphOn Corporation v. Juniper Networks, Inc.
 
On August 28, 2007, we filed a proceeding against Juniper Networks, Inc. (“Juniper”) in the United States District Court in the Eastern District of Texas alleging that certain of Juniper’s products infringe three of our patents - U.S. Patent Nos. 5,826,014, 6,061,798 and 7,028,336 (the “’014,” “’798” and “’336” patents) - which protect our fundamental network security and firewall technologies. We seek preliminary and permanent injunctive relief along with unspecified damages and fees.  Juniper filed its Answer and Counterclaims on October 26, 2007 seeking a declaratory judgment that it does not infringe any of these patents, and that all of these patents are invalid and unenforceable. On September 29, 2009, the court granted our request to remove the ‘336 patent from the case. On December 30, 2009, the court, acting on its own motion, transferred the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. This case is now stayed, pending outcome of the reexaminations of both the ‘014 and ‘798 patents in the PTO.
 
Patent and Trademark Office Action – Reexamination of the ‘798 Patent
 
On April 6, 2008 the PTO ordered the reexamination of the ‘798 patent as a result of a reexamination petition filed by Juniper.  On August 14, 2009, the PTO issued a final rejection of the ‘798 patent. We appealed this rejection to the PTO’s Board of Patents and Interferences. On October 21, 2010, the Board of Patents and Interferences affirmed the rejection of the ‘798 patent.  We did not appeal this decision.
 
Patent and Trademark Office Action – Reexamination of the ‘014 Patent
 
The ‘014 patent is the sole patent remaining in our lawsuit against Juniper and it is the original patent in our firewall/proxy access family of patents. On July 25, 2008, the PTO ordered the reexamination of the ‘014 patent as a result of a reexamination petition filed by Juniper.  On September 24, 2009, the PTO issued a final rejection of the ‘014 patent. We appealed this rejection to the PTO’s Board of Patents and Interferences. On March 19, 2010, we filed an appeal brief with the PTO. On June 2, 2010, the PTO dismissed our appeal and terminated the reexamination.  On July 21, 2010, we filed a petition to revive the reexamination in which, among other matters, we presented new claims to the ‘014 patent that we believe, if confirmed, will result in a stronger patent in our lawsuit against Juniper. On February 11, 2011, the PTO granted our petition, and accepted our appeal brief.  An oral hearing was conducted on December 21, 2011. On January 19, 2012 the PTO gave notice that certain claims of the ‘014 patent were expected to be confirmed. We expect the PTO to issue notice within 90 days of that date regarding which claims of the ‘014 patent will ultimately be confirmed.
 
Juniper Networks, Inc.  v. GraphOn Corporation et al
 
On March 16, 2009, Juniper initiated a proceeding against us and one of our resellers in the United States District Court in the Eastern District of Virginia alleging infringement of one of their patents - U.S. Patent No. 6,243,752 (the “’752 Patent”) - which protects Juniper’s unique method of transmitting data between a host computer and a terminal computer. On November 24, 2009, the court dismissed the case based on a motion filed by Juniper.

On May 1, 2009, we asserted a counterclaim against Juniper, alleging infringement of four of our patents - U.S. Patent Nos. 7,249,378, 7,269,847, 7,383,573, and 7,424,737 (the “’378,” “’847,” “’573” and “’737” patents). On June 18, 2009, the court transferred the case from the United States District Court for the District of Eastern Virginia to the United States District Court for the District of Eastern Texas. On February 25, 2010, that court transferred the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. On September 28, 2010, the court entered an order stipulated to by us and Juniper removing the ‘573 patent from the case. The court subsequently stayed the case pending the outcome of the reexaminations of the remaining asserted patents by the PTO.

Between October 4, 2011 and February 21, 2012, we received and filed responses to Action Closing Prosecutions regarding the ‘847, ‘378 and ‘737 patents.  An Action Closing Prosecution is a non-final advisory action taken by an examiner wherein the examiner comments on the responses received by the patent owner (in this case, us) and the third party requestor (in this case, Juniper) during the earlier phases of the reexamination proceeding. After receiving Juniper’s responses, the examiner will issue a Right of Appeal Notice to each party, which is the final administrative action in a reexamination proceeding. The Right of Appeal Notice will set forth the examiner’s final comments and the administrative action taken by the examiner in the reexamination proceeding. Depending on the examiner’s findings, one or both parties may appeal the Right of Appeal Notice to the Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences. As of March 23, 2012, no date had been set for the issuance of the Right of Appeal Notice for the ‘737 patent. On March 10, 2012 and March 12, 2012, we received a Right of Appeal Notice wherein the examiner maintained his earlier comments and issued a final rejection for the ‘847 and ‘378 patent, respectively. We filed a Notice of Appeal in response to the Right of Appeal Notice for each of these two patents on April 10, 2012. We believe that the ultimate resolution of this proceeding will not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.



Myspace, Inc. v. GraphOn Corporation and craigslist, Inc. v. GraphOn Corporation

On February 10, 2010 and March 18, 2010, Myspace, Inc. and craigslist, Inc., respectively, filed complaints for declaratory judgment against us in the United States District Court for the District of Northern California. Such complaints ask the court to take certain actions with respect to some of our patents - U.S. Patent Nos. 6,624,538, 6,850,940, 7,028,034, and 7,269,591 (the “’538,” “‘940,” “‘034,” and “‘591” patents). On May 14, 2010, the court issued an order consolidating the Myspace, Inc. and craigslist, Inc. cases into a single case.  (Myspace, Inc. and craigslist, Inc. are referred to collectively herein as “Declaratory Plaintiffs.”) In their complaints, the Declaratory Plaintiffs ask the court to declare that they are not infringing these patents, or, alternatively, that each of these patents is invalid. Further, the Declaratory Plaintiffs ask the court to declare these patents unenforceable. Prior to consolidation of the individual cases, we responded to the complaints and added counterclaims of infringement by the Declaratory Plaintiffs of the ‘538, ‘940, ‘034, and ‘591 patents. We seek unspecified damages and injunctive relief. Additionally, we added Fox Audience Network, Inc. (parent company to Myspace, Inc.) as a party to this suit.

On May 28, 2010, the Declaratory Plaintiffs filed a motion for summary judgment and inequitable conduct asking the court to invalidate the patents we asserted in this case and to hold a separate and early trial on the issue of inequitable conduct. On November 23, 2010 the trial court granted the Declaratory Plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment, invalidating the asserted patents.  We have appealed the court’s order granting the Declaratory Plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, and filed an appeal brief on March 7, 2011. An oral hearing was conducted on October 5, 2011. On March 2, 2012, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued an opinion in which the trial court’s order invalidating our patents was affirmed. On March 30, 2012, we filed a petition with the Court of Appeals for rehearing en banc requesting consideration of our appeal.

On July 15, 2010 the court heard the Declaratory Plaintiffs’ motion for an early hearing on the issue of inequitable conduct. Inequitable conduct is a common defense to infringement actions. The onus of proving inequitable conduct – that the patent applicant breached its duty of candor and good faith to the Patent and Trademark Office while applying for its patent – falls upon the party asking the court to decline to enforce the patent, usually the alleged infringer(s).  The court had previously set March 14, 2011 for the hearing on inequitable conduct, but that date has been stayed pending the outcome of our appeal on the motion for summary judgment.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.



PART II

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Market Information

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low reported sales price of our common stock.  Since March 27, 2003 our common stock has been quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board.  Our common stock is quoted under the symbol “GOJO.”
   
Fiscal 2011 *
   
Fiscal 2010 *
 
Quarter
 
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
First
  $ 0.16     $ 0.05     $ 0.10     $ 0.05  
Second
  $ 0.22     $ 0.13     $ 0.08     $ 0.05  
Third
  $ 0.28     $ 0.11     $ 0.10     $ 0.04  
Fourth
  $ 0.24     $ 0.17     $ 0.12     $ 0.05  

 
* The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

On March 23, 2012, there were approximately 175 holders of record of our common stock.  Between January 1, 2012 and March 23, 2012 the high and low reported sales price of our common stock was $0.215 and $0.17, respectively, and on March 23, 2012 the closing price of our common stock was $0.17.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock, nor do we anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.  We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operations and expansion of our business.  Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon the earnings, financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factors as deemed necessary by the Board of Directors.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

During the three-month period ended December 31, 2011, we issued a five-year warrant to purchase up to 400,000 shares of our common stock at an initial price of $0.26 per share to ipCapital Group, Inc., an affiliate of John Cronin, who is one of our directors. The warrant will vest and become exercisable to the extent of 200,000 of these shares in three equal annual installments commencing on October 11, 2012, and to the extent of the remaining 200,000 shares, upon the completion to our satisfaction of all services that we have requested ipCapital to perform on our behalf under an engagement agreement and various addendums thereto. The grant of such warrant was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, because the warrant was offered and sold in a transaction not involving a public offering, exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to section 4(2).

During September and October 2011, we offered to exchange certain options having an exercise price greater than $0.20 per share for new options upon the terms and conditions described in an offer to exchange that was filed with the SEC. During the three-month period ended December 31, 2011, we granted our employees and directors pursuant to the terms of this offer to exchange an aggregate of 3,447,500 new options at an exercise price of $0.202 per share in exchange for the tendered options.  The grant of such stock options was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, because the stock options were offered and sold in a transaction not involving a public offering, exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to section 4(2).

During the three-month period ended December 31, 2011, stock options to purchase 2,995,000 shares of common stock, at exercise prices ranging between $0.202 and $0.230 per share, were granted to non-executive employees, stock options to purchase 1,340,000 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.202 per share, were granted to executive officers, and stock options to purchase an aggregate 847,500 shares of common stock, at exercise prices ranging between $0.202 and $0.230 per share, were granted to certain non-employee directors. The grant of such stock options was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, because the stock options were offered and sold in a transaction not involving a public offering, exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to section 4(2).


Stock Repurchase Program
 
On January 8, 2008, our Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase up to $1,000,000 of our outstanding common stock. Under terms of the program, we are not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares and the program may be suspended or terminated at management’s discretion. We made no repurchases of our outstanding common stock during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
Not applicable for smaller reporting companies.




  ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We are developers of cloud application delivery software for multiple computer operating systems, including Windows, UNIX and several Linux-based variants.  Our immediate focus is on developing Web-enabling applications for use and/or resale by independent software vendors (ISVs), corporate enterprises, governmental and educational institutions, and others who wish to take advantage of cross-platform remote access, and our developing software-based secure, private cloud environments.  We have also made significant investments in intellectual property. Our operations are conducted and managed in two business segments – “Software” and “Intellectual Property.”

On September 1, 2011, we completed a private placement (the “2011 private placement”) of 35,500,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 23,075,000 shares of our common stock. We derived net cash proceeds of approximately $6,125,500 from the 2011 private placement after giving effect to:

  • placement agent fees and expenses, excluding placement agent warrants, of approximately $766,500;
  • legal, accounting and miscellaneous filing fees paid of approximately $208,000.

We intend to use the net cash proceeds derived from the 2011 private placement for the development, commercialization and exploitation of our present and future intellectual property (“IP”) and working capital resources.

On October 11, 2011, we engaged ipCapital Group, Inc., an affiliate of John Cronin, who is one of our directors, to assist us in the execution of our strategic decision to significantly strengthen, grow and commercially exploit our intellectual property assets. ipCapital is an intellectual property strategy firm that specializes in deploying a range of expert invention and IP tactics specifically aimed at directing and accelerating the strategic expansion of IP portfolios in ways that we anticipate will create significant future value.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes provided in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Policies .

Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period(s) being reported upon.  Estimates are used for, but not limited to, the amount of stock-based compensation expense, the warrants liability, the allowance for doubtful accounts, the estimated lives, valuation, and amortization of intangible assets (including capitalized software), depreciation of long-lived assets, and accruals for liabilities and taxes.  While we believe that such estimates are fair, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition
We market and license our products indirectly through channel distributors, ISVs, VARs (collectively “resellers”) and directly to corporate enterprises, governmental and educational institutions and others.  Our product licenses are perpetual.  We also separately sell intellectual property licenses, maintenance contracts (which are comprised of license updates and customer service access), and other products and services.

Generally, software and intellectual property license revenues are recognized when:

  • Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists (i.e., when we sign a non-cancelable license agreement wherein the customer acknowledges an unconditional obligation to pay, or upon receipt of the customer’s purchase order), and
  • Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered and there are no uncertainties surrounding product acceptance (i.e., when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer, which generally occurs when the media containing the licensed program(s) is provided to a common carrier or, in the case of electronic delivery, when the customer is given access to the licensed programs), and


 
  • The price to the customer is fixed or determinable, as typically evidenced in a signed non-cancelable contract, or a customer’s purchase order, and
  • Collectability is probable.  If collectability is not considered probable, revenue is recognized when the fee is collected.

Revenue recognized on software arrangements involving multiple deliverables is allocated to each deliverable based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or third party evidence of the fair values of each deliverable; such deliverables include licenses for software products, maintenance, private labeling fees, and customer training.  We limit our assessment of VSOE for each deliverable to either the price charged when the same deliverable is sold separately, or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for a deliverable not yet sold separately.

If sufficient VSOE of fair value does not exist, so as to permit the allocation of revenue to the various elements of the arrangement, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such evidence exists or until all elements are delivered. If evidence of VSOE of all undelivered elements exists but evidence does not exist for one or more delivered elements, then revenue is recognized using the residual method.  Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue.

Certain resellers (“stocking resellers”) purchase product licenses that they hold in inventory until they are resold to the ultimate end user (an “inventory stocking order”). At the time that a stocking reseller places an inventory stocking order, we do not ship any product licenses to them, rather, the stocking reseller’s inventory is credited with the number of licenses purchased and the stocking reseller can resell (issue) any number of licenses from their inventory at any time. Upon receipt of an order to issue one or more licenses from a stocking reseller’s inventory (a “draw down order”), we will ship the license(s) in accordance with the draw down order’s instructions. We defer recognition of revenue from inventory stocking orders until the underlying licenses are sold and shipped  to the end user, as evidenced by the receipt and fulfillment of the stocking reseller’s draw down order, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.
 
We recognize revenue from maintenance contracts ratably over the related contract period, which generally ranges from one to five years.

Intellectual property license agreements provide for the payment of a fully paid licensing fee to us in consideration for the grant of a one-time, non-exclusive license to manufacture and/or sell products covered by patented technologies we own. Generally, the execution of these license agreements also provides for the release of the licensee from certain past and future claims, and the dismissal of any pending litigation between us and the licensee, if any. Pursuant to the terms of these license agreements, we have no further obligation with respect to the grant of the license, including no express or implied obligation to maintain or upgrade the patented technologies, or provide future support or services to the licensee. As such, the earnings process is complete upon execution of the license agreement, and revenue is recognized upon execution of the agreement and the simultaneous receipt of payment.

All of our software and intellectual property licenses are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, which consist primarily of capitalized software, are assessed for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable, whenever we have committed to a plan to dispose of the assets or, at a minimum, annually.  Typically, for long-lived assets to be held and used, measurement of an impairment loss is based on the fair value of such assets, with fair value being determined based on appraisals, current market value, comparable sales value, and undiscounted future cash flows, among other variables, as appropriate.  Assets to be held and used that are affected by an impairment loss are depreciated or amortized at their new carrying amount over their remaining estimated life; assets to be sold or otherwise disposed of are not subject to further depreciation or amortization.

Patents
Patents are amortized over their estimated economic lives under the straight-line method, and are reviewed for potential impairment at least annually. Costs associated with filing, documenting or writing method patents are expensed as incurred. Contingent legal fees paid in connection with patent litigation, or settlements thereof, are charged to costs of revenue. All other non-contingent legal fees and costs incurred in connection with a patent lawsuit, or settlements thereof, are charged to general and administrative expense as incurred.



Software Development Costs
We capitalize software development costs incurred from the time technological feasibility of the software is established until the time the software is available for general release in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Research and development costs and other computer software maintenance costs related to the software development are expensed as incurred. Upon the establishment of technological feasibility, related software development costs are capitalized. We estimate the useful life of capitalized software and amortize its value over its estimated life. If the actual useful life is shorter than the estimated useful life, we will amortize the remaining book value over the remaining estimated useful life or the asset may be deemed to be impaired and, accordingly, a write-down of the value of the asset may be required. Software development costs, and amortization of such costs, are discussed further under “– Results of Operations – Costs of Revenue – Software Costs of Revenue.”

Stock-Based Compensation
We apply the fair value recognition provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Codification Subtopic (ASC) 718-10, “Compensation – Stock Compensation.” We estimated the fair value of each stock-based award granted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 on the date of grant using a binomial model, with the assumptions set forth in the following table:
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Estimated volatility
    154% - 221 %     175 %
Annualized forfeiture rate
    0.0% - 5.0 %     2 %
Expected option term (years)
    0.25 – 10.00       7.5  
Estimated exercise factor
    2 - 20       20  
Approximate risk-free interest rate
    0.02% - 3.24 %     3.72 %
Expected dividend yield
           

In estimating our stock price volatility for grants awarded during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we generally analyzed our historic volatility over a period of time equal in length to the expected option term for the option being issued. For grants made to newly hired employees the period of time over which we analyzed our historic volatility ended on the last day of the quarter during which the new employee was hired.  We derived an annualized forfeiture rate by analyzing our historical forfeiture data, including consideration of the impact of certain non-recurring events, such as reductions in our work force. Our estimates of the expected option term and the estimated exercise factor were derived from our analysis of historical data and future projections. The approximate risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U. S. Treasury issues with remaining terms equivalent to our expected option term. We believe that each of these estimates is reasonable in light of the data we analyzed. However, as with any estimate, the ultimate accuracy of these estimates is only verifiable over time.
 
We also recognized compensation costs for shares purchased under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) during the year ended December 31, 2010. We applied the same variables to the calculation of the costs associated with the ESPP shares purchased, except that the expected term was 0.5 years and the approximate risk-free interest rate was 0.19%. The time span from the date of grant of ESPP shares to the date of purchase was six months. The ESPP expired by its terms on January 29, 2010.
 
We have not historically paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate doing so for the foreseeable future.

Results of Operations

Set forth below is statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 along with the dollar and percentage changes from 2010 to 2011 in the respective line items.

   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Increase (Decrease)
 
Revenue
 
2011
   
2010
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Software licenses
  $ 3,617,400     $ 4,168,700     $ (551,300 )     (13.2 ) %
Software service fees
    2,722,700       2,411,600       311,100       12.9  
Intellectual property licenses
          875,000       (875,000 )     (100.0 )
Other
    244,300       61,200       183,100       299.2  
Total Revenue
    6,584,400       7,516,500       (932,100 )     (12.4 )
                                 
Cost of revenue
                               
Software service costs
    285,700       411,500       (125,800 )     (30.6 )



Software product costs
    229,200       76,300       152,900       200.4  
Intellectual property licenses - contingent legal fees
          338,100       (338,100 )     (100.0 )
Total Cost of revenue
    514,900       825,900       (311,000 )     (37.7 )
Gross profit
    6,069,500       6,690,600       (621,100 )     (9.3 )
                                 
Operating expenses
                               
Selling and marketing
    2,240,900       2,170,100       70,800       3.3  
General and administrative
    3,265,900       2,889,400       376,500       13.0  
Research and development
    2,547,400       2,466,700       80,700       3.3  
Total Operating expenses
    8,054,200       7,526,200       528,000       7.0  
Loss from operations
    (1,984,700 )     (835,600 )     (1,149,100 )     137.5  
                                 
Other income (expense)
                               
Change in fair value of warrants liability
    222,700             222,700    
nm
 
Interest and other income
    4,700       11,200       (6,500 )     (58.0 )
Interest and other expense
    (1,400 )     (8,100 )     6,700       (82.7 )
Total other income
    226,000       3,100       222,900    
nm
 
Loss before provision for income tax
    (1,758,700 )     (832,500 )     (926,200 )     111.3  
Provision for income taxes
    2,400       3,200       (800 )     (25.0 )
Net loss
  $ (1,761,100 )   $ (835,700 )   $ (925,400 )     110.7  

nm – not meaningful

Revenue.

Software Licenses.
The table that follows summarizes software licenses revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and calculates the change in dollars and percentage from 2010 to 2011 in the respective line item.

   
Year Ended December 31,
   
Increase (Decrease)
Software licenses
 
2011
   
2010
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
Windows
  $ 2,430,900     $ 2,664,300     $ (233,400 )     (8.8 ) %
UNIX/Linux
    1,186,500       1,504,400       (317,900 )     (21.1 )
Total
  $ 3,617,400     $ 4,168,700     $ (551,300 )     (13.2 )

Software licenses revenue for both our Windows and UNIX/Linux product lines for 2011 decreased from the prior year. These decreases were primarily due to aggregate decreases in the rate at which certain resellers sold their inventories to end-users, and the aggregate order levels of our significant end-user customers.

The decrease in Windows software licenses revenue was primarily due to a reduction in orders from two customers. One customer was an end-user customer whose 2010 ordering level was abnormally higher than its historical norms. This customer, a large US bank, ordered $105,200 of Windows licenses through a non-stocking reseller during 2010 for internal deployment. Upon completion of such deployment, this customer significantly reduced its acquisition of our software licenses and during 2011, such customer did not order any new licenses. The other customer was a non-stocking reseller that reduced its ordering level by $198,500 in 2011 compared to its 2010 ordering level as a result of competitive forces in its market, thus reducing the amount of recognizable revenue from such transactions by an equal amount. These two customer’s aggregate decreased ordering levels, which were partially offset by an aggregate increase from all of our other Windows customers combined, accounted for virtually all of the overall decrease in Windows software licenses revenue.

The decrease in UNIX software licenses revenue was primarily due to reduced ordering levels from two customers. The first customer, a telecommunications carrier, decreased its ordering level by $100,300 in 2011 as compared to its 2010 ordering level, thus reducing the amount of recognizable revenue from such transactions by an equal amount.


Competition between telecommunication carriers has historically been volatile and such volatility can directly impact our customer’s sales, which in turn impacts its ordering levels of our UNIX product.  The second customer reduced its ordering level by $225,400 in 2011 as compared to its 2010 ordering level, thus reducing the amount of recognizable revenue from such transactions by an equal amount. Beginning in the second half of 2009 and continuing throughout 2010, this customer rolled out our UNIX product into certain products in its product line that had not previously used our products.  During this time period, our customer experienced a significant increase in the sale of such products, which translated into a significant increase in its ordering levels of our UNIX product. However, beginning in 2011, this customer has experienced significant increased competitive challenges in its ability to market such products to its customers; accordingly, its ordering level has significantly decreased and is now comparable to its pre-2009 roll out levels. These two decreases were partially offset by an aggregate increase in UNIX software licenses revenue from all of our other UNIX/Linux customers combined.

Our software licenses revenue varies from year to year, sometimes by a material amount. The majority of this revenue has historically been earned, and continues to be earned, from a limited number of significant customers, most of whom are resellers.  An increasing number of our resellers purchase software licenses that they hold in inventory (a “stocking reseller”) until they are resold to the ultimate end-user. We defer recognition of revenue from these sales, and report such sales on our Consolidated Balance Sheet under current deferred revenue until the stocking reseller sells the underlying licenses to the ultimate end-user. Consequently, if any of our significant stocking resellers materially changes the rate at which it resells our software products to the ultimate end-user, our software licenses revenue could be materially impacted.

We recognize revenue from the sale of software licenses directly to end-user customers upon shipment, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition are met. Consequently, if any significant end-user customer subsequently changes its order level, or fails to order during the reporting period, our software licenses revenue could be materially impacted.

During 2011, we released GO Global Cloud for Windows. We expect to release the UNIX version during the first half of 2012. We released GO Global iPad Client in June 2011 and a version for Android Tablets in February 2012. Based on our anticipated continued penetration of these products, we expect 2012 product licenses revenue to exceed 2011 levels. However, if our continued penetration levels are lower than anticipated, our software licenses revenue could be materially adversely impacted.

Software Service Fees
Software service fees revenue increased by $311,100 in 2011 to $2,722,700 from $2,411,600 in 2010. Such increase was primarily a result of the continued growth of the number of maintenance contracts end-user customers have purchased. Software service fees revenue is deferred upon purchase and recognized ratably over the underlying service period of the applicable maintenance contract. We currently offer one, two, three and five year maintenance contracts on our software products. Since end-user customers typically purchase maintenance contracts for their product licenses and renew such licenses upon expiration, revenue recognized from the sale of service contracts increases when the number of maintenance contracts sold increases. We expect 2012 software service fees revenue to exceed 2011 levels.

Intellectual Property Licenses.
The amount of revenue we generate from each intellectual property license we grant can vary significantly from licensee to licensee depending upon the estimated amount of revenue generated by the respective licensee’s prior use of our proprietary technology, if any. We recognized $0 and $875,000 of revenue from intellectual property licenses during 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
Intellectual property licenses revenue is unpredictable and is dependent upon the degree of success of our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and the outcome of our currently pending litigation efforts. We do not expect to be initiating any new infringement litigation with respect to any of the NES portfolio patents that were not already involved in our on-going litigation as of December 31, 2008.

Other Revenue
Other revenue increased by $183,100 in 2011 to $244,300, from $61,200 in 2010, primarily due to an increase of $149,000 in professional services revenue we recognized from providing certain installation and customization services.



Segment Revenue. Segment revenue was as follows:
 
               
Increase (Decrease)
Year Ended December 31,
 
2011
   
2010
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
Software
  $ 6,584,400     $ 6,641,500     $ (57,100 )     (0.9 ) %
Intellectual Property
          875,000       (875,000 )     (100.0 )
Consolidated Total
  $ 6,584,400     $ 7,516,500     $ (932,100 )     (12.4 )

For additional information on our segment revenues, please refer to Note 13 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Costs of Revenue.

Software Service Costs - Software Product Costs
Software costs of revenue are comprised primarily of service costs, which represent the costs of customer service. We incur no significant shipping or packaging costs as virtually all of our deliveries are made via electronic means over the Internet. Also included in software costs of revenue are product costs, which are primarily comprised of the amortization of capitalized software development costs and costs associated with licenses to third party software included in our product offerings.
 
Research and development costs for new product development, after technological feasibility is established, are recorded as “capitalized software” on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Such capitalized costs are subsequently amortized as cost of revenue over the shorter of three years or the remaining estimated life of the products so capitalized. We capitalized approximately $209,900 and $277,800 of software development costs during 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, such costs were incurred in the development of GO Global Cloud and GO Global iPad Client, and during 2010 such costs were incurred in the development of GO-Global Windows Host 4. Amortization related to these costs was approximately $143,800 and $40,100 during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Aggregate software costs of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $27,100, or 5.6%, to $514,900 from $487,800 for 2010.  Aggregate software costs of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 represented approximately 7.8% and 6.5% of total revenue, respectively.
 
The decrease in service costs in 2011, as compared with 2010, was primarily as a result of the termination of a customer service employee during 2011, as well as the redeployment of a few customer service employees into other development functions. Service costs include non-cash stock-based compensation. Such costs aggregated approximately $10,400 and $5,300 for 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
The increase in product costs for 2011, as compared with 2010, was primarily the result of recognizing amortization of capitalized software development costs and increased royalties costs associated with certain licenses to third party software included in GO-Global Windows Host 4.
 
We expect software costs of revenue to approximate 2011 levels in 2012.

Intellectual Property Licenses – Contingent Legal Fees
We incurred $338,100 of intellectual property costs of revenue during 2010. All such fees represented contingent legal fees that were incurred in conjunction with the intellectual property licenses entered into during such periods.  We incurred no such fees during 2011 as we did not enter into any intellectual property licenses during 2011.
 
Cost of revenue from intellectual property sales are not predictable and are dependent upon our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and the outcome of our currently pending litigation efforts.

Selling and Marketing Expenses.   Selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of employee costs (inclusive of non-cash stock-based compensation expense), outside services and travel and entertainment expenses.

Selling and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $70,800, or 3.3%, to $2,240,900 from $2,170,100 for 2010. Selling and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 represented approximately 34.0% and 28.9% of total revenue, respectively.


The increase in selling and marketing expenses during 2011, as compared with 2010, was primarily due to increased commissions and bonuses, which were partially offset by a decrease in tradeshow expenses as we did not participate in CeBIT 2011 as we did with CeBIT 2010.

Included in selling and marketing employee costs were non-cash compensation costs aggregating approximately $22,400 and $25,600 for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We expect 2012 selling and marketing expenses to be higher than 2010 levels as we plan to continue to support our products, particularly our newest products, with various marketing initiatives throughout the year.

General and Administrative Expenses.   General and administrative expenses primarily consist of employee costs (inclusive of non-cash stock-based compensation expense), amortization and depreciation, legal, accounting, other professional services (including those related to realizing benefits from our patents), rent, travel and entertainment and insurance.  Certain costs associated with being a publicly-held corporation are also included in general and administrative expenses, as well as bad debts expense.

General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $376,500, or 13.0%, to $3,265,900 from $2,889,400 for 2010. General and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 represented approximately 49.6% and 38.4% of total revenue, respectively.

The increase in general and administrative expenses for 2011, as compared with 2010, was comprised of costs associated with the work performed by ipCapital Group in assisting our intellectual property efforts, compensation and legal costs associated with the 2011 options exchange program and the discretionary option grants awarded to all employees and certain directors during October 2011. Also contributing to the increase were the costs associated with the investor road show which preceded the 2011 private placement and increased legal fees derived from work performed by our corporate attorneys related to our general operating activities (including our various SEC filing requirements).

Included in general and administrative employee costs were non-cash compensation costs aggregating approximately $135,600 and $25,000 for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase was primarily due to compensation costs associated with our 2011 stock option exchange program and the discretionary options awarded by our compensation committee to all employees and certain officers and directors during 2011. Also, we recognized compensation costs associated with the stock options awarded to the two new directors we hired during 2011 and separate discretionary stock option awards granted to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer during 2011. No options were awarded to either of these officers during 2010.

Also included in general and administrative expense for 2011 was an accrual of non-cash consulting cost of $18,600. Such amount was associated with the warrants issued to ipCapital Group as part of their agreement for performing intellectual property consulting services for us. All consulting costs associated with such services, including all non-cash costs, are recorded as a component of general and administrative expense.

Costs associated with other individual components of general and administrative expenses, including depreciation and amortization, insurance, rent, costs associated with being a publicly-traded entity and bad debts expenses, did not change significantly in 2011, as compared with 2010.

The ending balance of our allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $25,000 and $32,800, respectively. Bad debts expense was approximately ($7,800) and $4,900 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

We expect to invest an additional $1,000,000, approximately, in our intellectual property during 2012, as compared with 2011, as part of our intellectual property strategic initiative; accordingly, we anticipate that general and administrative expense in 2012 will significantly exceed 2011 levels.

Research and Development Expenses.   Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee costs (inclusive of non-cash stock-based compensation expense), payments to contract programmers, all costs of our Israeli subsidiary (GraphOn Research Labs Limited), travel and entertainment for all our engineers, and all rent for our leased engineering facilities.

Research and development expenses increased by $80,700, or 3.3%, to $2,547,400 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $2,466,700 in the prior year. Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 represented approximately 38.7% and 32.8% of total revenue, respectively.


We capitalized $209,900 of research and development costs associated with the development of GO-Global Cloud and GO-Global iPad Client during 2011 and $277,800 of research and development costs associated with the development of GO-Global Windows Host 4 during 2010. Had these costs not met the criteria for capitalization they would have been expensed as incurred during the respective years.
 
Included in research and development employee costs was non-cash stock-based compensation expense aggregating $94,700 and $23,500, for 2011 and 2010, respectively. The main reason for the increase in the stock-based compensation expense was the 1,000,000 share award granted to our Chief Technology Officer.

In March 2012, we opened an office in Campbell, California, where we plan on staffing an engineering team charged with new product development. As of March 2012, we have hired 4.5 employees for this office. We expect to fill one more full time engineering position in the Campbell office during 2012. As a result of this, we expect 2012 research and development expenses, net of software developments costs we anticipate capitalizing during 2012, to significantly exceed 2011 levels.

Change in Fair Value of Warrants Liability.   During 2011, we recognized a net change of $222,700 in the aggregate fair value of the warrants we issued in the 2011 private placement. No warrants were outstanding during 2010.

The change in fair value of warrants liability was approximately 3.4% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest and Other Income.   During 2011 and 2010, the primary component of interest and other income was interest income derived on excess cash.  Our excess cash was held in an interest bearing business savings account with an institution whose minimum net assets were greater than or equal to one trillion U.S. dollars. The decrease in interest and other income in 2011, as compared with 2010, was primarily as a result of lower average amounts of excess cash.

During 2010, other income also included a $3,400 refund of state taxes.

Interest and other income was approximately 0.1% and 0.1% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Interest and Other Expense.   For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, interest and other expense was primarily comprised of translation losses on our petty cash funds maintained in our foreign offices (United Kingdom and Israel). During 2010, interest and other expense also included $2,200 of interest expense related to a software license we entered into during 2008.

Segment Loss from Operations.   As a result of the foregoing items, segment loss from operations was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
 
2011
   
2010
 
Software
  $ (1,183,700 )   $ (341,700 )
Intellectual Property
    (801,000 )     (493,900 )
Consolidated Total
  $ (1,984,700 )   $ (835,600 )

The increase in the loss from operations we sustained in our software segment for 2011, as compared with 2010, was primarily due to decreased software licenses revenue and increased operating expenses, including the non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with the 2011 stock option exchange, the 2011 discretionary stock option awards, including those made to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and the award granted to our President and Chief Operating Officer.

The increase in the loss from operations we incurred in our intellectual property segment in 2011, as compared with 2010, was because we generated no revenue from our intellectual property segment during 2011. The operating income from our intellectual property segment can vary significantly for any given reporting period based on the amount of revenue being generated by the intellectual property licenses entered into during such period. The amount of revenue being generated by intellectual property licenses can also vary significantly from licensee to licensee depending upon the estimated amount of revenue generated by the respective licensee’s prior use of our proprietary technology.

We do not allocate interest and other income, interest and other expense, or income tax to our segments.

Income Taxes.   For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we recorded a current tax provision of approximately $2,400 and $3,200, respectively.  At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $44 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards,


which will begin to expire in 2018.  Also at December 31, 2011, we had approximately $16 million of California state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, which will begin to expire in 2013. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we did not utilize any of our federal and California net operating losses and have recorded a full valuation allowance against each of them.

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $1.0 million of federal research and development tax credits, which will begin to expire in 2012.

Net Loss.   As a result of the foregoing items, we reported a net loss of $1,761,100 for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared with a net loss of $835,700 for 2010.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During 2011 our cash balance increased by $5,346,500, primarily as a result of the net cash proceeds we derived from the 2011 private placement. Our operations consumed approximately $555,700 of cash during the year, and we capitalized $208,200 of cash expenditures in the development of GO-Global Cloud and GO-Global iPad Client.  Our reported net loss of $1,761,100 included three significant non-cash items: depreciation and amortization of $234,800, which was primarily related to amortization of our capitalized software development costs; stock-based compensation expense of $263,100; and a gain in the aggregate value of our warrants liability of ($222,700) for the warrants issued in the 2011 private placement.
 
During 2011, we spent approximately $233,900 on investing activities, of which $208,200 was attributable to cash expenditures that were capitalized as a result of the development of GO-Global Cloud and GO-Global iPad Client. The balance of our investing activities was primarily fixed asset purchases, mainly computer equipment. We expect to invest approximately $225,000 in fixed assets and leasehold improvements in our Campbell, California office in the first half of 2012.

Our financing activities generated approximately $6,136,100 of cash, which primarily resulted from the net proceeds received from the 2011 private placement.
 
We are aggressively looking at ways to improve our revenue stream through the development, marketing and sale of new products.  In addition, should business combination opportunities present themselves to us, and should such opportunities appear to make financial sense and add value for our shareholders, we will consider those opportunities.

We believe that as a result of the introduction of GO-Global Windows Host 4 in 2010, GO-Global Cloud and GO-Global iPad Client in 2011, and the expected introduction of new products slated for 2012, our revenue will increase. During 2012, we expect to continue to prioritize the investment of our resources into the development of various new products, and we expect that certain of these investments will ultimately be capitalized as software development costs. Further, due to our expected investments in new products and our intellectual property strategy, we expect our cash flow from operations to decrease. Based on our cash on hand as of December 31, 2011 and the anticipation of increased revenue, we believe that we will have sufficient resources to support our operational plans for the next twelve months.

Cash
As of December 31, 2011, cash was approximately $7,237,500 as compared with $1,891,000 as of December 31, 2010.  The increase in our cash balance was due to the net cash proceeds we derived from the 2011 private placement.

Accounts receivable, net
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately $732,100 and $1,015,900, respectively, in accounts receivable, net of allowances totaling $25,000 and $32,800, respectively.  The decrease in net accounts receivable was primarily due to the collection in early 2011 of a $246,000 receivable, which had resulted from an individual sales transaction that had occurred and been recorded on December 31, 2010. From time to time we could have individually significant accounts receivable balances due us from one or more of our significant customers. If the financial condition of any of these significant customers should deteriorate, our operating results could be materially affected.

Stock Repurchase Program
During January 2008, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program. Under this program, up to $1,000,000 may be used in repurchasing our stock; however, we are not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares and the program may be suspended or terminated at our discretion. We did not repurchase any shares under this plan during either 2011 or 2010, and as of December 31, 2011, $782,500 remains available for stock repurchases.



Working Capital
As of December 31, 2011, we had current assets of $8,121,500 and current liabilities of $3,637,200, which netted to working capital of $4,484,300. Included in current liabilities was the current portion of deferred revenue of $2,878,500.

Segment fixed assets
As of December 31, 2011, segment fixed assets (long-lived assets) were as follows:

   
Cost Basis
   
Accumulated Depreciation /Amortization
   
Net
 
Software
  $ 1,824,000     $ (1,476,300 )   $ 347,700  
Intellectual Property
    2,839,000       (2,839,000 )      
Unallocated
    39,400             39,400  
    $ 4,702,400     $ (4,315,300 )   $ 387,100  

Fixed assets attributable to our software segment are primarily comprised of equipment, furniture and leasehold improvement and those attributable to our intellectual property segment are primarily comprised of our patents and patent related assets. We do not allocate other assets, which consists primarily of deposits, to our segments.

Commitments and contingencies

At a meeting of our board of directors held on October 18, 2011, the board approved our Director Severance Plan and our Key Employee Severance Plan, each of which had been previously approved by the board, and each of which by its terms had expired on December 31, 2010.  The board approved both plans without change (except their expiration date was changed to December 31, 2013) and with immediate effect.  Following is a summary description of each of these plans.

Director Severance Plan:  This plan provides for accelerated vesting of the director’s stock options upon termination of the director’s position as a director under certain circumstances.  Those circumstances include that the termination must take place after the occurrence of any transaction or series of transactions that constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of us, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets, as defined in regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (such occurrence, a “Designated Event”) and that certain other terms and conditions set forth in the plan must have been met.

Key Employee Severance Plan: This plan provides for payment of certain benefits upon termination of the key employee’s employment under certain circumstances.  The benefits consist of accelerated vesting of stock options, continuation of salary for 12 months after termination (24 months for certain senior management who are so notified in writing), bonus payments that would have been payable but for termination of employment, and payment of certain health and other insurance benefits on behalf of the employee.  The circumstances in which these benefits are payable include that the termination of employment must take place after the occurrence of a Designated Event and that certain other terms and conditions set forth in the plan must have been met.

The plans provide that we have the right to amend or terminate the plans at any time, except that the plans may not be amended or terminated following the occurrence of a Designated Event.  Executive officers first elected or appointed after October 18, 2011 are ineligible to participate in the Key Employee Severance Plan absent prior board consideration and, if requested by one or more directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors.

The following table discloses our contractual commitments for future periods, which consist entirely of leases for office space and is inclusive of our contractual commitments for our Campbell, California office.  With the exception of the Santa Cruz office, which we anticipate will be vacated approximately two months’ prior to the July 2012 expiration date of our current lease, the table assumes that we will occupy all currently leased facilities for the full term of each respective lease:



Year Ending December 31,
     
2012
  $ 200,300  
2013
    145,700  
2014
    144,200  
2015
    148,600  
2016
    153,000  
2017
    78,400  
    $ 870,200  

Rent expense aggregated approximately $196,800 and $191,200 for the years ended December 31, 2011and 2010, respectively.

New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2010, FASB issued guidance related to disclosures that facilitate financial statements users’ evaluations of the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, including trade receivables; analysis and assessments used in arriving at allowances against such risks, including an entity’s allowance for doubtful accounts; and the changes and reasons for such changes in the allowances against the credit risks. For disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period, the guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. For disclosures related to activity that occurs during a reporting period, the guidance is effective for activity that occurs during a reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.
 
In January 2010, FASB issued guidance related to new disclosures about fair value measurements, as well as clarification on certain existing disclosure requirements. This guidance requires new disclosures on significant transfers in and out of specified categories of assets and liabilities classified as Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3, respectively, as well as Level 3 fair value measurements. Further, this guidance amends prior guidance to clarify existing disclosures in regards to the level of disaggregation of fair value measurement disclosures for each such category of assets and liabilities, as well as providing disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.
 
In October 2009, FASB issued guidance that changed the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. Such guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Adoption of the provisions of this guidance did not have a material impact on our results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.

ITEM 7A . QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Not applicable for smaller reporting companies.
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Page
28
29
30
31
32
33




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GraphOn Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GraphOn Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GraphOn Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.



/s/ Macias Gini & O'Connell LLP
Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
Sacramento, California
April 16, 2012





 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
As of December 31,
 
             
Assets
 
2011
   
2010
 
Current Assets:
           
Cash
  $ 7,237,500     $ 1,891,000  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $25,000 and $32,800, respectively
    732,100       1,015,900  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    151,900       84,100  
Total Current Assets
    8,121,500       2,991,000  
                 
Capitalized software development costs, net
    303,800       237,700  
Property and equipment, net
    43,900       69,900  
Patents, net
          39,300  
Other assets
    39,400       8,100  
Total Assets
  $ 8,508,600     $ 3,346,000  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
               
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 121,500     $ 75,700  
Accrued expenses
    168,500       66,600  
Accrued wages
    468,700       526,700  
Deferred revenue
    2,878,500       2,058,300  
Total Current Liabilities
    3,637,200       2,727,300  
                 
Long Term Liabilities:
               
Warrants liability
    3,696,600        
Deferred revenue
    457,200       640,200  
Total Liabilities
    7,791,000       3,367,500  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
               
                 
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit):
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding
           
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 195,000,000 shares authorized, 81,886,926 and 45,981,625 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
    8,200       4,600  
Additional paid-in capital
    61,398,600       58,902,000  
Accumulated deficit
    (60,689,200 )     (58,928,100 )
Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
    717,600       (21,500 )
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
  $ 8,508,600     $ 3,346,000  


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements



 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
             
Revenue
 
2011
   
2010
 
Software licenses
  $ 3,617,400     $ 4,168,700  
Software service fees
    2,722,700       2,411,600  
Intellectual property licenses
          875,000  
Other
    244,300       61,200  
Total Revenue
    6,584,400       7,516,500  
                 
Cost of revenue
               
Software service costs
    285,700       411,500  
Software product costs
    229,200       76,300  
Intellectual property licenses - contingent legal fees
          338,100  
Total Cost of Revenue
    514,900       825,900  
                 
Gross Profit
    6,069,500       6,690,600  
                 
Operating Expenses
               
Selling and marketing
    2,240,900       2,170,100  
General and administrative
    3,265,900       2,889,400  
Research and development
    2,547,400       2,466,700  
Total Operating Expenses
    8,054,200       7,526,200  
                 
Loss from Operations
    (1,984,700 )     (835,600 )
                 
Other Income (Expense)
               
Change in fair value of warrants liability
    222,700        
Interest and other income
    4,700       11,200  
Interest and other expense
    (1,400 )     (8,100 )
Total other income
    226,000       3,100  
Loss Before Provision for Income Tax
    (1,758,700 )     (832,500 )
Provision for income taxes
    2,400       3,200  
Net Loss
  $ (1,761,100 )   $ (835,700 )
                 
Loss per Common Share – Basic and Diluted
  $ (0.03 )   $ (0.02 )
                 
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted
    57,604,103       45,973,691  


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements






 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
             
   
2011
   
2010
 
Preferred stock - shares outstanding
           
Beginning balance
           
Ending balance
           
Common stock - shares outstanding
               
Beginning balance
    45,981,625       46,284,292  
Employee stock option issuances
    180,301       83,333  
Private placement of common stock
    35,500,000        
Employee restricted stock awards
    225,000        
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
          14,000  
Previously issued unearned performance-based restricted stock award forfeited
          (400,000 )
Ending balance
    81,886,926       45,981,625  
Common stock – amount
               
Beginning balance
  $ 4,600     $ 4,600  
Private placement of common stock – par value
    3,600        
Ending balance
  $ 8,200     $ 4,600  
Additional paid-in capital
               
Beginning balance
  $ 58,902,000     $ 58,861,500  
Stock-based compensation expense
    264,800       83,200  
Proceeds from private placement of common stock and warrants
    7,100,000        
Costs of private placement of common stock and warrants
    (974,500 )      
Allocation of proceeds from common stock and warrants to warrants liability
    (3,900,700 )      
Employee stock purchase plan issuances
          400  
Treasury shares retired
          (48,100 )
Exercise of employee stock options
    10,600       5,000  
Reclass private placement of common stock – par value amount
    (3,600 )      
Ending balance
  $ 61,398,600     $ 58,902,000  
Accumulated deficit
               
Beginning balance
  $ (58,928,100 )   $ (58,092,400 )
Net loss
    (1,761,100 )     (835,700 )
Ending balance
  $ (60,689,200 )   $ (58,928,100 )
Common stock held in treasury – shares held
               
Beginning balance
          550,000  
Treasury shares retired
          (550,000 )
Ending balance
           
Common stock held in treasury – amount
               
Beginning balance
  $     $ (48,100 )
Treasury shares retired
          48,100  
Ending balance
  $     $  
Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
  $ 717,600     $ (21,500 )

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements




 
 
 
Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows
 
             
   
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
Cash Flows Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities:
 
2011
   
2010
 
Net loss
  $ (1,761,100 )   $ (835,700 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    234,800       595,000  
Stock based compensation expense
    263,100       79,400  
Revenue deferred to future periods
    4,473,700       3,608,900  
Recognition of deferred revenue
    (3,836,500 )     (3,609,200 )
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts
    (7,800 )     800  
Change in fair value of derivative instruments - warrants
    (222,700 )      
Warrants issued for consulting services
    18,600                  —   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    291,600       (177,100 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (50,300 )     (19,600 )
Other long term assets
    (31,300 )     6,700  
Accounts payable
    28,300       (246,100 )
Accrued expenses
    101,900       (169,300 )
Accrued wages
    (58,000 )     98,200  
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities:
    (555,700 )     (668,000 )
                 
Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities:
               
Capitalized software development costs
    (208,200 )     (274,000 )
Capital expenditures
    (25,700 )     (25,300 )
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities:
    (233,900 )     (299,300 )
                 
Cash Flows Provided By Financing Activities:
               
Proceeds from Employee Stock Purchase Plan
          400  
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options
    10,600       5,000  
Proceeds from private placement of common stock and warrants, net of issuance costs
    6,125,500        
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities:
    6,136,100       5,400  
                 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash
    5,346,500       (961,900 )
Cash,   beginning of year
    1,891,000       2,852,900  
Cash, end of year
  $ 7,237,500     $ 1,891,000  


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements



GraphOn Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company .  GraphOn Corporation, a Delaware corporation, was founded in May 1996. GraphOn Corporation and its subsidiaries are collectively defined in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as the “Company.”
 
The Company’s headquarters are in Santa Cruz, California.  Prior to the expiration of the Company’s lease on its headquarters facility in July 2012, it will be relocating its headquarters to its Campbell, California office.

The Company develops, markets, sells and supports application virtualization software and cloud computing software for multiple computer operating systems, including Windows, UNIX and several Linux-based variants. The Company’s immediate focus is on developing Web-enabling applications for use and/or resale by independent software vendors (ISVs), corporate enterprises, governmental and educational institutions, and others who wish to take advantage of cross-platform remote access, and on developing software-based secure, private cloud environments. The Company has also made significant investments in intellectual property. The Company operations are conducted and managed in two business segments - “Software” and “Intellectual Property.”

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates .  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of GraphOn Corporation and its subsidiaries; significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  These estimates include: the amount of stock-based compensation expense; the allowance for doubtful accounts; the estimated lives, valuation and amortization of intangible assets (including capitalized software); depreciation of long-lived assets; valuation of warrants; and accruals for liabilities and taxes.  While the Company believes that such estimates are fair, actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents .  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with remaining maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company had no cash equivalents at either December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Property and Equipment .  Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally three to seven years.  Amortization of leasehold improvements is calculated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the lease term or useful lives of the respective assets, generally seven years.

Shipping and Handling.   Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenue for all periods presented.

Patents .  Patents are amortized over their estimated economic lives under the straight-line method, and are reviewed for potential impairment at least annually.  Costs associated with filing, documenting or writing patents are expensed as incurred. Contingent legal fees paid in connection with a patent lawsuit, or settlements thereof, are charged to costs of revenue. All other non-contingent legal fees and costs incurred in connection with a patent lawsuit, or settlements thereof, are charged to general and administrative expense as incurred.

Software Development Costs .  Under the criteria set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 985-20, “Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed,” development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility, in the form of a working model, has been established, at which time such costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to customers.  Capitalized costs are amortized to cost of revenues on a product by product basis. Annual amortization for each product is computed as the greater of the following: (a) the ratio of current gross revenues for a product over the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product, or (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product including the current reporting period. The Company capitalized $209,900 and $277,800 of costs meeting the criteria incurred during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Revenue Recognition.   The Company markets and licenses products indirectly through channel distributors, independent software vendors (“ISVs”), value-added resellers (“VARs”) (collectively “resellers”) and directly to corporate enterprises, governmental and educational institutions and others.  Its product licenses are generally perpetual.  The Company also separately


sells intellectual property licenses, maintenance contracts (which are comprised of license updates and customer service access),and other products and services.

Generally, software license revenues are recognized when:

  • Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists (i.e., when the Company signs a non-cancelable license agreement wherein the customer acknowledges an unconditional obligation to pay, or upon receipt of the customer’s purchase order) and
  • Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered and there are no uncertainties surrounding product acceptance (i.e., when title and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer, which generally occurs when the media containing the licensed program(s) is provided to a common carrier or, in the case of electronic delivery, when the customer is given access to the licensed programs), and
  • The price to the customer is fixed or determinable, as typically evidenced in a signed non-cancelable contract, or a customer’s purchase order, and
  • Collectability is probable.  If collectability is not considered probable, revenue is recognized when the fee is collected.

Revenue recognized on software arrangements involving multiple deliverables is allocated to each deliverable based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or third party evidence of the fair values of each deliverable; such deliverables include licenses for software products, maintenance, private labeling fees, or customer training.  The Company limits its assessment of VSOE for each deliverable to either the price charged when the same deliverable is sold separately or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for a deliverable not yet sold separately.

If sufficient VSOE of fair value does not exist, so as to permit the allocation of revenue to the various elements of the arrangement, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such evidence exists or until all elements are delivered. If evidence of VSOE of all undelivered elements exists but evidence does not exist for one or more delivered elements, then revenue is recognized using the residual method.  Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue.

Certain resellers (“stocking resellers”) purchase product licenses that they hold in inventory until they are resold to the ultimate end-user (an “inventory stocking order”). At the time that a stocking reseller places an inventory stocking order, no product licenses are shipped by the Company to the stocking reseller, rather, the stocking reseller’s inventory is credited with the number of licenses purchased and the stocking reseller can resell (issue) any number of licenses from their inventory at any time. Upon receipt of an order to issue one or more licenses from a stocking reseller’s inventory (a “draw down order”), the Company will ship the licenses(s) in accordance with the draw down order’s instructions. The Company defers recognition of revenue from inventory stocking orders until the underlying licenses are sold and shipped to the end user, as evidenced by the receipt and fulfillment of the stocking reseller’s draw down order, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

There are no rights of return granted to purchasers of the Company’s software products.

Revenue is recognized from maintenance contracts ratably over the related contract period, which generally ranges from one to five years.

Intellectual property license agreements provide for the payment of a fully paid licensing fee to us in consideration for the grant of a one-time, non-exclusive license to manufacture and/or sell products covered by patented technologies owned by the Company. Generally, the execution of these license agreements also provides for the release of the licensee from certain past and future claims, and the dismissal of any pending litigation between the Company and the licensee, if any. Pursuant to the terms of these license agreements, the Company has no further obligation with respect to the grant of the license, including no express or implied obligation to maintain or upgrade the patented technologies, or provide future support or services to the licensee. As such, the earnings process is complete upon execution of the license agreement, and revenue is recognized upon execution of the agreement, and the determination that collectability is probable.

All of the Company’s software and intellectual property licenses are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Segment information.   The Company has determined that it operates its business in two segments, software and intellectual property, in accordance with FASB ASC 280-10-05, “ Segment Reporting ” (Note 13).



Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.   The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on assessments of the collectability of specific customer accounts and the aging of the accounts receivable.  If there is a deterioration of a major customer’s credit worthiness or actual defaults are higher than historical experience, the allowance for doubtful accounts is increased. The following table illustrates the details of the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
Beginning Balance
   
Charge Offs
   
Recoveries
   
Provision
   
Ending Balance
 
2011
  $ 32,800     $     $     $ (7,800 )   $ 25,000  
2010
    32,000       (4,100 )           4,900       32,800  

Income Taxes .  In accordance with FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Income Taxes,” the Company performed a comprehensive review of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2011. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents the expected treatment of a tax position taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return, that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes.

The Company and one or more of its subsidiaries are subject to United States federal income taxes, as well as income taxes of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company and its subsidiaries are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008. There are no tax examinations currently underway for any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ tax returns for years subsequent to 2007.

The Company’s policy for deducting interest and penalties is to treat interest as interest expense and penalties as taxes. The Company had not accrued any amount for the payment of interest or penalties related to any uncertain tax positions at either December 31, 2011 or 2010, as its review of such positions indicated that such potential positions were minimal.

Under FASB ASC 740-10-05, “Income Taxes,” deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets, liabilities and net loss carryforwards using enacted tax rates.  Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized.  Realization is dependent upon future pre-tax earnings, the reversal of temporary differences between book and tax income, and the expected tax rates in effect in future periods.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments.   The fair value of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their carrying amounts due to the relative short maturities of these items.

The fair value of the Company’s warrants are determined in accordance with FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” which establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the assumptions (inputs) to valuation techniques used to price assets or liabilities that are measured at fair value. The hierarchy, as defined below, gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The guidance for fair value measurements requires that assets and liabilities measured at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the following categories:
 
·  
Level 1: Defined as observable inputs, such as quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
·  
Level 2: Defined as observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1. This includes quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
·  
Level 3: Defined as unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.
 
As of December 31, 2011, all of the Company’s $3,696,600 Warrants Liability reported at fair value was categorized as Level 3 inputs (see Note 6). The Company had no other amounts subject to fair value measurements as of December 31, 2010.

Derivative Financial Instruments.   The Company currently does not have a material exposure to either commodity prices or interest rates; accordingly, it does not currently use derivative instruments to manage such risks. The Company evaluates all of its


financial instruments to determine if such instruments are derivatives or contain features that qualify as embedded derivatives. All derivative financial instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in earnings if they are not eligible for hedge accounting or in other comprehensive income if they qualify for cash flow hedge accounting.

Long-Lived Assets.   Long-lived assets, which consist primarily of capitalized software development costs, are assessed for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable, whenever the Company has committed to a plan to dispose of the assets or, at a minimum, annually.  Typically, for long-lived assets to be held and used, measurement of an impairment loss is based on the fair value of such assets, with fair value being determined based on appraisals, current market value, comparable sales value, and undiscounted future cash flows, among other variables, as appropriate.  Assets to be held and used affected by an impairment loss are depreciated or amortized at their new carrying amount over their remaining estimated life; assets to be sold or otherwise disposed of are not subject to further depreciation or amortization. No such impairment charges were recorded during either of the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.

Loss Contingencies.   The Company is subject to the possibility of various loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business.  The Company considers the likelihood of the loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss in determining loss contingencies.  An estimated loss contingency is accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred or an asset has been impaired and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.  The Company regularly evaluates current information available to it to determine whether such accruals should be adjusted. No such loss contingency was recorded during either of the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.
 
Stock-Based Compensation . The Company applies the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718-10, “ Compensation – Stock Compensation.
 
Valuation and Expense Information Under FASB ASC 718-10
 
The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $263,100 and $79,400 in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Such amounts were net of $1,700 and $3,800, respectively, that was capitalized related to software development. As required by FASB ASC 718-10, the Company estimates forfeitures of employee stock-based awards and recognizes compensation cost only for those awards expected to vest. Forfeiture rates are estimated based on an analysis of historical experience and are adjusted to actual forfeiture experience as needed.
 
The following table illustrates the non-cash stock-based compensation expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 by income statement classification:
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Cost of revenue
  $ 10,400     $ 5,300  
Selling and marketing expense
    22,400       25,600  
General and administrative expense
    135,600       25,000  
Research and development expense
    94,700       23,500  
    $ 263,100     $ 79,400  
 
The Company estimated the fair value of each stock-based award granted during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 on the date of grant using a binomial model, with the assumptions set forth in the following table:
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Estimated volatility
    154% - 221 %     175 %
Annualized forfeiture rate
    0.0% - 5.0 %     2 %
Expected option term (years)
    0.25 – 10.00       7.5  
Estimated exercise factor
    2 - 20       20  
Approximate risk-free interest rate
    0.02% - 3.24 %     3.72 %
Expected dividend yield
           
 
The Company also recognized compensation costs for common shares purchased under its Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) during the year ended December 31, 2010 by applying the same variables as noted in the table above to the calculation of such costs, except that the expected term was 0.5 years and the risk free interest rate was approximately 0.19%. The time span from the date of grant of ESPP shares to the date of purchase was six months. The ESPP expired by its terms on January 29, 2010.
 
The Company does not anticipate paying dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future. The Company used the average


 
historical volatility of its daily closing price for a period of time equal in length to the expected option term for the option being issued. For stock option grants made to newly hired employees, the period of time over which historical volatility was measured ended on the last day of the quarterly reporting period during which the new employee was hired.
 
The approximate risk free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury issues with remaining terms equivalent to the Company’s expected term on its stock-based awards. The expected term of the Company’s stock-based awards was based on historical award holder exercise patterns and considered the market performance of the Company’s common stock and other items.
 
The estimated forfeiture rate was based on an analysis of historical data and considered the impact of events such as work force reductions the Company carried out during previous years. The estimated exercise factor was based on an analysis of historical data and included a comparison of historical and current share prices.

Earnings Per Share of Common Stock .  FASB ASC 260-10, “Earnings Per Share,” provides for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share.  Basic earnings per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of securities by adding other common stock equivalents, including common stock options and warrants, in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for a period, if dilutive.  Potentially dilutive securities are excluded from the computation if their effect is antidilutive.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 35,111,690 and 5,624,987 shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share, respectively, since their effect would be antidilutive.

Comprehensive Loss .  FASB ASC 220-10, “Reporting Comprehensive Income,” establishes standards for reporting comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements.  Comprehensive income, as defined, includes all changes in equity (net assets) during the period from non-owner sources.  Examples of items to be included in comprehensive income, which are excluded from net income, include foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gain/loss of available-for-sale securities.  The individual components of comprehensive income (loss) are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no changes in equity (net assets) from non-owner sources.

Financial Statement Presentation – Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows .  The change in other long term assets for the year ended December 31, 2010 has been reclassified as an operating activity from an investing activity in order to conform to the current year’s presentation. Such reclassification did not have a significant impact on total cash flow from operations or investing activities.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements .  In July 2010, FASB issued guidance related to disclosures that facilitate financial statements users’ evaluations of the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, including trade receivables; analysis and assessments used in arriving at allowances against such risks, including an entity’s allowance for doubtful accounts; and the changes and reasons for such changes in the allowances against the credit risks. For disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period, the guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. For disclosures related to activity that occurs during a reporting period, the guidance is effective for activity that occurs during a reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.
 
In January 2010, FASB issued guidance related to new disclosures about fair value measurements, as well as clarification on certain existing disclosure requirements. This guidance requires new disclosures on significant transfers in and out of specified categories of assets and liabilities classified as Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3, respectively, as well as Level 3 fair value measurements. Further, this guidance amends prior guidance to clarify existing disclosures in regards to the level of disaggregation of fair value measurement disclosures for each such category of assets and liabilities, as well as providing disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.
 
In October 2009, FASB issued guidance that changed the accounting model for revenue arrangements that include both tangible products and software elements. Such guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.



2.  Capitalized Software Development Costs

Capitalized software development costs as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

   
2011
   
2010
 
Software development costs
  $ 487,700     $ 277,800  
Accumulated amortization
    (183,900 )     (40,100 )
    $ 303,800     $ 237,700  
 
Amortization of capitalized software development costs is a component of costs of revenue. Capitalized software development costs amortization aggregated $143,800 and $40,100 during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

3.  Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

   
2011
   
2010
 
Equipment
  $ 1,077,200     $ 1,051,600  
Furniture
    236,000       236,000  
Leasehold improvements
    23,000       23,000  
      1,336,200       1,310,600  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
    1,292,300       1,240,700  
    $ 43,900     $ 69,900  

Aggregate property and equipment depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011and 2010 was $51,600 and $82,500, respectively.

4.  Patents

Patents as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Patents
  $ 2,839,000     $ 2,839,000  
Accumulated amortization
    (2,839,000 )     (2,799,700 )
    $     $ 39,300  
 
Patent amortization, which aggregated $39,300 and $472,300 during 2011 and 2010, respectively, is a component of general and administrative expenses.

5.  Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

   
2011
   
2010
 
Professional fees
  $ 88,400     $ 1,400  
Consulting services
    60,800       33,900  
Royalties
    14,600       5,300  
Other
    4,700       26,000  
    $ 168,500     $ 66,600  
 
6.    Liability Attributable to Warrants
 
The exercise price of the warrants issued by the Company in conjunction with the private placement of its common stock (the “2011 private placement”) and the warrants issued to ipCapital Group, an intellectual property consulting firm hired by the Company, could, in certain circumstances, be reset to below-market value. Accordingly, the Company has concluded that such warrants are not indexed to the Company’s common stock; therefore, the warrants were recorded as a liability (See Notes 7 and 14). Changes in the fair value of the 2011 private placement warrants liability are recognized in other expense and changes in the fair value of the warrants issued to


 
ipCapital are recognized as a component of general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations (See Note 14).
 
The Company used a binomial pricing model to determine the fair value of its warrants as set forth in the following table:
 
Warrants
 
Estimated Volatility
   
Annualized Forfeiture Rate
   
Expected Option Term (Years)
   
Estimated Exercise Factor
   
Risk-Free Interest Rate
   
Dividends
 
2011 Private Placement
    198% - 199 %           4.67 – 5.00       10       0.83% - 0.96 %      
ipCapital
    199 %           4.79 – 5.00       10       0.83% - 1.14 %      
 
The following table is a reconciliation of the warrants liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2011:
 
Aggregate fair value of the warrants liability associated with the 2011 private placement at issuance
  $ 3,900,700  
Change in fair value  of warrant liability recorded in other income
    (222,700 )
Accretion of warrant liability recorded in general and administrative expense
    18,600  
December 31, 2011 fair value of the warrants liability
  $ 3,696,600  
 
The Company had no outstanding warrants during the year ended December 31, 2010.

7.  Stockholders' Equity

Common Stock.   During 2011, the Company issued 225,000 restricted shares of common stock to two non-executive employees in conjunction with awards granted to these employees prior to 2010. All of the shares so issued were fully vested upon issuance. Also, the Company issued 180,301 shares of common stock as a result of the exercise of employee stock options, at an average exercise price of approximately $0.059 per share, that resulted in $10,600 proceeds to the Company.

During 2010 the Company issued 14,000 shares of common stock to employees in connection with its Employee Stock Purchase Plan, resulting in cash proceeds of $400. The Company’s ESPP expired in January 2010. Shares purchased under the ESPP during 2010 were the culmination of grants issued during 2009. For grants made during 2009, the weighted average fair value of ESPP shares was $0.07.

During 2010, 400,000 shares of unvested performance-based restricted common stock that had been previously awarded were forfeited as the underlying performance criteria had not been met. Upon forfeiture, such awarded shares were retired and made available for reissue by the Company.

During 2010, the Company issued 83,333 shares of common stock to employees in connection with the exercise of employee stock options, resulting in cash proceeds of $5,000.

2011 Private Placement

During 2011, the Company issued to accredited investors 35,500,000 shares of its common stock and five-year warrants to purchase an additional 17,750,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.26 per share in a private placement (the “2011 private placement”) that resulted in gross proceeds of $7,100,000, which was recorded in the financial statements as follows:
 



 
Gross cash proceeds
  $ 7,100,000  
Less:
       
Gross proceeds allocated to warrants liability - investors
    (2,999,700 )
Gross proceeds allocated to additional paid-in capital and common stock
    4,100,300  
Cash issuance costs
       
Placement Agent fee and expenses
    (766,500 )
Legal and accounting fees
    (208,000 )
Non-cash issuance costs
       
Warrants liability – Placement Agent fees
    (901,000 )
Recorded in additional paid-in capital and common stock
  $ 2,224,800  
 
MDB Capital Group, LLC acted as the placement agent in connection with the 2011 private placement, for which it received (i) warrants to acquire 3,550,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.20 per share, (ii) warrants to acquire 1,775,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.26 per share, (iii) a $710,000 placement agent fee, and (iv) reimbursement of expenses of approximately $56,500. Such warrants issued to MDB had an estimated fair value of $901,000 upon issuance.
 
In conjunction with the warrants issued in the 2011 private placement, the Company recorded a Warrants Liability of $3,900,700 as of September 1, 2011 on its Balance Sheet. (Note 6)
 
All of the warrants issued in respect to the 2011 private placement will expire on September 1, 2016. The exercise price of the warrants could, in certain circumstances, be reset to below-market value. Additionally, all of the warrants contain a cashless exercise provision (net settlement provision) that, under certain circumstances, allows the warrant holders the right to exercise their warrants without making a payment to the Company. In such circumstances, the warrant holders would receive fewer shares of common stock than they otherwise would have been entitled to had they paid the exercise price in cash (a net settlement).

Tender Offer
 
On September 14, 2011 the Company offered its employees and directors an opportunity to voluntarily exchange certain options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock having an exercise price greater than $0.20 per share that were granted prior to August 31, 2011, upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Offer to Exchange and the related Election Form filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibits (a)(1) and (a)(3) to a Schedule TO.
 
Upon expiration of the offer, which occurred on October 12, 2011, participants tendered, and the Company accepted for exchange, 3,447,500 eligible options, representing approximately 84.0% of the total number of eligible options. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Offer to Exchange, the Company cancelled all tendered options and, in exchange for such tendered options, immediately thereafter granted an aggregate 3,447,500 new options. The exercise price of the new options was $0.202 per share, which was the closing price of the Company’s common stock on October 12, 2011, as reported by the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board. The weighted average fair value of the options granted to employees (non-officers) was approximately $0.17 per share and was determined using a binomial pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility - 182%, annualized forfeiture rate - 2.44%, expected option term - 10 years, estimated exercise factor – 5, risk free interest rate – 2.98% and no dividends. The weighted average fair value of the options granted to officers and directors was approximately $0.19 per share and was calculated using a binomial pricing model with the same assumptions as was used for the options granted to employees except that the estimate exercise factor was 15. All of the options vest ratably over the next two years; accordingly, the Company expects to recognize approximately $130,100 of additional stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the next two years, of which approximately $39,900 was recognized during the three-month period ended December 31, 2011.

Stock Repurchase Program
 
During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not repurchase any of its common stock under the terms of its Board-approved $1,000,000 stock repurchase program (“stock repurchase program”). As of December 31, 2011, approximately $782,600 remained available for future purchases under this program. The Company is not obligated to repurchase any specific number of shares and the stock repurchase program may be suspended or terminated at the Company’s discretion.



Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Active Plans

2005 Equity Incentive Plan.   In December 2005, the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “05 Plan”) was adopted by the Board and approved by the stockholders.  Pursuant to the terms of the 05 Plan, options or performance vested stock may be granted to officers and other employees, non-employee directors and independent consultants and advisors who render services to the Company.  The Company is authorized to issue options to purchase up to 3,500,000 shares of common stock or performance vested stock in accordance with the terms of the 05 Plan.

In the case of a performance vested stock award, the entire number of shares subject to such award would be issued at the time of the grant and subject to vesting provisions based on time or other conditions specified by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board.  For awards based on time, should the grantee’s service to the Company end before full vesting occurred, all unvested shares would be forfeited and returned to the Company. In the case of awards granted with vesting provisions based on specific performance conditions, if those conditions were not met, then all shares would be forfeited and returned to the Company. Until forfeited, all shares issued under a performance vested stock award would be considered outstanding for dividend, voting and other purposes.

Under the 05 Plan, the exercise price of non-qualified stock options granted is to be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the option is granted.  The exercise price of incentive stock options granted is to be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the option is granted provided, however, that if the recipient of the incentive stock option owns greater than 10% of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock then the exercise price will be no less than 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the option is granted.  The purchase price of the performance-vested stock issued under the 05 Plan shall also not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the performance-vested stock is granted.

All options granted under the 05 Plan are immediately exercisable by the optionee; however, there is a vesting period for the options.  The options (and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such options) vest, ratably, over a 33-month period; however, no options (and the underlying shares of common stock) vest until after three months from the date of the option grant.  The exercise price is immediately due upon exercise of the option.  The maximum term of options issued under the 05 Plan is ten years. Shares issued upon exercise of options are subject to the Company’s repurchase, which right lapses as the shares vest. The 05 Plan will terminate no later than February 3, 2015.

As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 1,705,000 shares of common stock were outstanding, 1,075,000 shares of restricted common stock had been awarded, 400,000 shares of restricted common stock awards had been forfeited, 675,000 shares of restricted stock were issued and outstanding, 5,000 options had been exercised and 1,115,000 shares of common stock remained available for issuance under the 05 Plan.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, options to purchase 300,000 shares of common stock, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.17, were granted under the 05 Plan. No options were granted under the 05 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2010.

No options previously issued under the 05 Plan were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.

2008 Equity Incentive Plan.   In November 2008, the Board approved an additional stock option/stock issuance plan (the “08 Plan”).  Pursuant to the terms of the 08 Plan, options or restricted stock may be granted to officers and other employees, non-employee directors and independent consultants and advisors who render services to the Company.  The Company is authorized to issue options to purchase up to 14,438,333 shares of common stock or restricted stock in accordance with the terms of the 08 Plan.

In the case of a restricted stock award, the entire number of shares subject to such award would be issued at the time of the grant and subject to vesting provisions based on time or performance conditions specified by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board.  For awards based on time, should the grantee’s service to the Company end before full vesting occurred, all unvested shares would be forfeited and returned to the Company. In the case of awards granted with vesting provisions based on specific performance conditions, if those conditions were not met, then all shares would be forfeited and returned to the Company. Until forfeited, all shares issued under a performance vested stock award would be considered outstanding for dividend, voting and other purposes.


Under the 08 Plan, the exercise price of options granted is to be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the option is granted.  The purchase price of performance-vested stock issued under the 08 Plan shall also not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the performance-vested stock is granted.  As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 9,469,194 shares of common stock were outstanding, 263,634 options had been exercised and 4,705,505 shares of common stock remained available for issuance under the 08 Plan.

Options granted under the 08 Plan are immediately exercisable by the optionee; however, there is a vesting period for the options.  The options (and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such options) typically vest, ratably, over a 33-month period; however, no options (and the underlying shares of common stock) vest until after three months from the date of the option grant.  The exercise price is immediately due upon exercise of the option.  The maximum term of options issued under the 08 Plan is ten years. Shares issued upon exercise of options are subject to the Company’s repurchase, which right lapses as the shares vest. The 08 Plan will terminate no later than November 19, 2018.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, options to purchase 8,128,500 shares of common stock, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.11 per share, were granted under the 08 Plan, of which options to purchase 3,447,500 shares of common stock, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.18 were granted under the terms of the Tender Offer. During the year ended December 31, 2010, options to purchase 1,049,166 shares of common stock, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $0.06 per share, were granted.

During the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 180,301 and 83,333 options previously granted under the 08 Plan were exercised, resulting in cash proceeds of $10,600 and $5,000, respectively.

Inactive Plans

The following table summarizes options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 that were granted from stock based compensation plans that are inactive. Such plans can longer grant options, and none of the plans listed in the table granted options during 2011 or 2010. Additionally, none of the options previously issued from the plans listed in the table were exercised during 2011 or 2010.

     
Options Outstanding
 
 
Year
 
Beginning of Year
   
Granted
   
Exercised
   
Cancelled
   
End of Year
 
1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
2011
    2,691,600                   (2,259,100 )     432,500  
Supplemental Stock Option Agreement
2011
    381,000                   (351,000 )     30,000  
GG Stock Option Plan
2011
    250,000                   (250,000 )      
1996 Stock Option Plan
2011
    30,000                   (30,000 )      
Total - Inactive Plans
      3,352,600                   (2,890,100 )     462,500  
                                           
1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
2010
    3,027,325                   (335,725 )     2,691,600  
Supplemental Stock Option Agreement
2010
    381,000                         381,000  
GG Stock Option Plan
2010
    250,000                         250,000  
1996 Stock Option Plan
2010
    54,625                   (24,625 )     30,000  
Total - Inactive Plans
      3,712,950                   (360,350 )     3,352,600  




Summary – All Plans

A summary of the status of all of the Company’s stock option plans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and changes during the years then ended, is presented in the following table:
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
Shares
   
Weighted Average Exercise Price
   
Shares
   
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Beginning
    7,322,933     $ 0.27       7,047,450     $ 0.32  
Granted
    8,428,500     $ 0.20       1,049,166     $ 0.06  
Exercised
    (180,301 )   $ 0.06       (83,333 )   $ 0.06  
Forfeited or expired
    (3,934,438 )   $ 0.39       (690,350 )   $ 0.47  
Ending
    11,636,694     $ 0.18       7,322,933     $ 0.27  
Exercisable at year-end
    11,636,694     $ 0.18       7,322,933     $ 0.27  
Vested or expected to vest at year-end
    11,455,294     $ 0.18       7,303,463     $ 0.27  
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the period
          $ 0.11             $ 0.06  

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, of the options exercisable, 3,586,444 and 6,182,099 were vested, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

            Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Price   Number Outstanding   Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)   Weighted Average Exercise Price   Number Exercisable   Weighted Average Exercise Price  
$ 0.05 $ 0.16   2,321,694   7.02   $ 0.06   2,321,694   $ 0.06  
$ 0.17 $ 0.20   2,182,500   7.45   $ 0.18   2,182,500   $ 0.18  
$ 0.21 $ 0.23   5,792,500   9.16   $ 0.21   5,792,500   $ 0.21  
$ 0.24 $ 0.56   1,340,000   8.98   $ 0.29   1,340,000   $ 0.29  
            11,636,694   8.39   $ 0.18   11,636,694   $ 0.18  

As of December 31, 2011, there were outstanding options to purchase 11,636,694 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $0.18 per share, a weighted average remaining contractual term of 8.39 years and an aggregate intrinsic value of $287,300.  Of the options outstanding as of December 31, 2011, 3,586,444 were vested, 7,868,850 were estimated to vest in future periods and 181,400 were estimated to be forfeited or to expire in future periods.

As of December 31, 2011, there was approximately $662,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately fourteen months.

8.    Income Taxes

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:



Current
 
2011
   
2010
 
Federal
  $     $  
State
           
Foreign
    2,400       3,200  
    $ 2,400     $ 3,200  
Deferred
               
Federal
  $     $  
State
           
Foreign
           
             
Total
  $ 2,400     $ 3,200  

The following table summarizes the differences between income tax expense and the amount computed applying the federal income tax rate of 34% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
2011
   
2010
 
Federal income tax (benefit) at statutory rate
  $ (596,200 )   $ (287,400 )
Foreign taxes
    2,400       3,200  
Temporary differences
    292,700       104,500  
Federal net operating loss not utilized
    376,500       182,300  
Warrant liability
    (75,700 )      
Meals and entertainment (50%)
    4,400       3,800  
Other items
    (1,700 )     (3,200 )
Provision (benefit) for income tax
  $ 2,400     $ 3,200  

Deferred income taxes and benefits result from temporary timing differences in the recognition of certain expense and income items for tax and financial reporting purposes. The following table sets forth those differences as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
2011
   
2010
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 15,815,000     $ 15,251,000  
Tax credit carryforwards
    1,059,000       1,059,000  
Depreciation and amortization
    64,000       92,000  
Compensation expense – non-qualified stock options
    441,000       329,000  
Deferred revenue and maintenance service contracts
    1,329,000       1,075,000  
Reserves and other
    89,000       90,000  
Total deferred tax assets
    18,797,000       17,896,000  
Deferred tax liability – patent amortization
          (16,000 )
Deferred tax liability – capitalized software
    (121,000 )     (95,000 )
Net deferred tax asset
    18,676,000       17,785,000  
Valuation allowance
    (18,676,000 )     (17,785,000 )
Net deferred tax asset
  $     $  

For financial reporting purposes, with the exception of the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company has incurred a loss in each year since inception.  Based on the available objective evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will not be fully realizable.  Accordingly, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  The net change in the valuation allowance was $891,000 and $168,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011,   the Company had approximately $44 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and approximately $16 million of California state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. The federal loss carry forward will begin to expire in 2018 and the California state loss carry forward will began to expire in 2013.


During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company did not utilize any of its federal or California net operating losses. Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the amounts of benefits from net operating loss carryforwards may be impaired or limited if the Company incurs a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined, over a three-year period.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $1 million of federal research and development tax credits that will begin to expire in 2012.

9.    Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist principally of cash and trade receivables.  The Company places cash and, when applicable, cash equivalents, with high quality financial institutions and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution.  As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $6,793,900 of cash with financial institutions in excess of FDIC insurance limits. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had $1,558,600 of cash with financial institutions in excess of FDIC insurance limits.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company considered KitASP, Ericsson, Elosoft and Alcatel-Lucent to be its most significant customers. They accounted for approximately 11.8%, 8.6%, 5.6% and 4.9%, respectively, of total software sales, for an aggregate 30.9% of the total of such sales.  Their December 31, 2011 year-end accounts receivable balances represented approximately 0.0%, 23.8%, 7.1% and 10.9% of reported net accounts receivable, for an aggregate 41.8% of reported net accounts receivable.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the three customers the Company considered its most significant, namely; Ericsson, Alcatel-Lucent, and Elosoft accounted for approximately 14.7%, 7.8%, and 5.2%, respectively, of total software sales, for an aggregate 27.7% of the total of such sales.  These three customers’ December 31, 2010 year-end accounts receivable balances represented approximately 24.8%, 11.3%, and 9.9% of reported net accounts receivable, for an aggregate 46.0% of reported net accounts receivable.

The Company performs credit evaluations of customers' financial condition whenever necessary, and generally does not require cash collateral or other security to support customer receivables.

10.    Commitments and Contingencies

The paragraphs that follow summarize the status of all currently pending legal proceedings. In all such proceedings the Company has retained the services of various outside counsel. All such counsel have been retained under contingency fee arrangements that require the Company to only pay for certain non-contingent fees, such as services for expert consultants, and travel, prior to a verdict or settlement of the respective underlying proceeding.

GraphOn Corporation v. Juniper Networks, Inc.
 
On August 28, 2007, the Company filed a proceeding against Juniper Networks, Inc. (“Juniper”) in the United States District Court in the Eastern District of Texas alleging that certain of Juniper’s products infringe three of its patents - U.S. Patent Nos. 5,826,014, 6,061,798 and 7,028,336 (the “’014,” “’798” and “’336” patents) - which protect its fundamental network security and firewall technologies. The Company seeks preliminary and permanent injunctive relief along with unspecified damages and fees.  Juniper filed its Answer and Counterclaims on October 26, 2007 seeking a declaratory judgment that it does not infringe any of these patents, and that all of these patents are invalid and unenforceable. On September 29, 2009, the court granted the Company’s request to remove the ‘336 patent from the case. On December 30, 2009, the court, acting on its own motion, transferred the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. This case is now stayed, pending outcome of the reexaminations of both the ‘014 and ‘798 patents in the Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”).
 
Patent and Trademark Office Action – Reexamination of the ‘798 Patent
 
On April 6, 2008 the PTO ordered the reexamination of the ‘798 patent as a result of a reexamination petition filed by Juniper. On August 14, 2009, the PTO issued a final rejection of the ‘798 patent. The Company appealed this rejection to the PTO’s Board of Patents and Interferences. On October 21, 2010, the Board of Patents and Interferences affirmed the rejection of the ‘798 patent.  The Company did not appeal the Board of Patents and Interferences’ decision. Further, the Company believes that other issued patents and patent applications within the ‘798 patent family hold sufficient value to warrant its decision not to impair this family.


 
Patent and Trademark Office Action – Reexamination of the ‘014 Patent
 
 The ‘014 patent is the sole patent remaining in the Company’s lawsuit against Juniper and it is the original patent in the Company’s firewall/proxy access family of patents.  On July 25, 2008, the PTO ordered the reexamination of the ‘014 patent as a result of a reexamination petition filed by Juniper.  On September 24, 2009, the PTO issued a final rejection of the ‘014 patent.  The Company appealed this rejection to the PTO’s Board of Patents and Interferences.  On March 19, 2010, the Company filed an appeal brief with the PTO.  On June 2, 2010, the PTO dismissed the Company’s appeal and terminated the reexamination.  On July 21, 2010, the Company filed a petition to revive the reexamination in which, among other matters, the Company presented new claims to the ‘014 patent that the Company believes, if confirmed, will result in a stronger patent in its lawsuit against Juniper. On February 11, 2011, the PTO granted such petition, and accepted the Company’s appeal brief.  An oral hearing was conducted on December 21, 2011.  On January 19, 2012 the PTO gave notice that certain claims of the ‘014 patent were expected to be confirmed. The Company expects the PTO to issue notice within 90 days of that date regarding which claims of the ‘014 patent will ultimately be confirmed.
 
Juniper Networks, Inc.  v. GraphOn Corporation et al
 
On March 16, 2009, Juniper initiated a proceeding against the Company and one of its resellers in the United States District Court in the Eastern District of Virginia alleging infringement of one of their patents - U.S. Patent No. 6,243,752 (the “’752 Patent”) - which protects Juniper’s unique method of transmitting data between a host computer and a terminal computer. On November 24, 2009, the court dismissed the case based on a motion that had been filed by Juniper.

On May 1, 2009, the Company asserted a counterclaim against Juniper, alleging infringement of four of its patents, namely; U.S. Patent Nos. 7,249,378, 7,269,847, 7,383,573, and 7,424,737 (the “’378,” “’847,” “’573” and “’737” patents). On February 25, 2010, the court transferred the case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. On September 28, 2010, the court entered an order stipulated to by the Company and Juniper removing the ‘573 patent from the case. The court subsequently stayed the case pending the outcome of the following reexaminations of the asserted patents by the PTO.

Between October 4, 2011 and February 21, 2012, the Company received and filed responses to Action Closing Prosecutions regarding the ‘847, ‘378 and ‘737 patents.  An Action Closing Prosecution is a non-final advisory action taken by an examiner wherein the examiner comments on the responses received by the patent owner (in this case, the Company) and the third party requestor (in this case, Juniper) during the earlier phases of the reexamination proceeding. After receiving Juniper’s responses, the examiner will issue a Right of Appeal Notice to each party, which is the final administrative action in a reexamination proceeding. The Right of Appeal Notice will set forth the examiner’s final comments and the administrative action taken by the examiner in the reexamination proceeding. Depending on the examiner’s findings, one or both parties may appeal the Right to Appeal Notice to the Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences. As of March 23, 2012, no date had been set for the issuance of the Right to Appeal Notice for the ‘737 patent. On March 10, 2012 and March 12, 2012, the Company received a Right of Appeal Notice wherein the examiner maintained his earlier comments and issued a final rejection for the ‘847 and ‘378 patent, respectively. The Company filed a Notice of Appeal in response to the Right of Appeal Notice for each of these two patents on April 10, 2012. The Company believes that the ultimate resolution of this proceeding will not have a material impact on its results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

Myspace, Inc. v. GraphOn Corporation and craigslist, Inc. v. GraphOn Corporation

On February 10, 2010 and March 18, 2010, Myspace, Inc. and craigslist, Inc., respectively, filed complaints for declaratory judgment against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Northern California. Such complaints ask the court to take certain actions with respect to some of the Company’s patents - U.S. Patent Nos. 6,624,538, 6,850,940, 7,028,034, and 7,269,591 (the “’538,” “‘940,” “‘034,” and “‘591” patents). On May 14, 2010, the court issued an order consolidating the Myspace, Inc. and craigslist, Inc. cases into a single case.  (Myspace, Inc. and craigslist, Inc. are referred to collectively herein as “Declaratory Plaintiffs.”) In their complaints, the Declaratory Plaintiffs ask the court to declare that they are not infringing these patents, or, alternatively, that each of these patents is invalid. Further, the Declaratory Plaintiffs ask the court to declare these patents unenforceable. Prior to consolidation of the individual cases, the Company responded to the complaints and added counterclaims of infringement by the Declaratory Plaintiffs of the ‘538, ‘940, ‘034, and ‘591 patents. The Company seeks unspecified damages and injunctive relief. Additionally, the Company added Fox Audience Network, Inc. (parent company to Myspace, Inc.) as a party to this suit.

On May 28, 2010, the Declaratory Plaintiffs filed a motion for summary judgment and inequitable conduct asking the court to invalidate the patents the Company asserted in this case and to hold a separate and early trial on the issue of inequitable conduct. On November 23, 2010 the court granted the Declaratory Plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment, invalidating the asserted patents.


The Company has appealed the court’s order granting the Declaratory Plaintiffs’ motion for summary judgment to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, and filed an appeal brief on March 7, 2011. An oral hearing was conducted on October 5, 2011. On March 2, 2012, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit issued an opinion in which the trial court’s order invalidating the Company’s patents was affirmed. On March 30, 2012, the Company filed a petition with the Court of Appeals for rehearing en banc requesting reconsideration of its appeal. The Company believes it is not probable that it will be required to reimburse any legal fees incurred by Myspace, accordingly, the Company has not recorded an accrual for such potential costs.

On July 15, 2010 the court heard the Declaratory Plaintiffs’ motion for an early hearing on the issue of inequitable conduct. Inequitable conduct is a common defense to infringement actions. The onus of proving inequitable conduct – that the patent applicant breached its duty of candor and good faith to the Patent and Trademark Office while applying for its patent – falls upon the party asking the court to decline to enforce the patent, usually the alleged infringer(s).  The court had previously set March 14, 2011 for the hearing on inequitable conduct, but that date has been stayed pending the outcome of the Company’s appeal on the motion for summary judgment.

If necessary, the Company intends to pursue affirmation of the validity of these patents through all channels of appeal.

Operating Leases. The Company’s corporate headquarters currently occupies approximately 1,850 square feet of office space in Santa Cruz, California.  Rent on the Santa Cruz facility will average approximately $4,100 per month over the remaining term of the lease, which is inclusive of a pro rata share of utilities, facilities maintenance and other costs. The Company anticipates vacating this site prior to the expiration of the current lease in July 2012. The Company has leased office space in Campbell, California and will be relocating its corporate headquarters to such location.

The Company has leased approximately 4,400 square feet of office space in Campbell, California. In March 2012, one of the Company’s engineering teams commenced occupying such space and the Company’s corporate headquarters will also occupy such space as discussed in the prior paragraph. The office space is rented pursuant to a 64-month operating lease, which will expire no later than June 2017. Rent on the Campbell facility will average approximately $12,300 per month over the term of the lease, net of the Company’s pro rata share of utilities, facilities maintenance and other costs.

The Company currently occupies approximately 5,560 square feet of office space in Concord, New Hampshire, under a lease that will expire in September 2012.  Rent on the Concord facility will approximate $8,800 per month over the remaining term of the lease.

The Company currently occupies approximately 150 square feet of office space in Irvine, California, and Charlotte, North Carolina under leases that each expire in March 2013. Under the terms of these leases, monthly rental payments are approximately $1,200 and $1,000, respectively.

The Company believes that its current facilities will be adequate to accommodate its needs for the foreseeable future.

Future minimum lease payments, which consist entirely of leases for office space, are set forth below. With the exception of the anticipated vacating of the Santa Cruz office two months prior to its current lease’s expiration date in July 2012, the table assumes that the Company will occupy all currently leased facilities for the full term of each respective lease and is inclusive of the future minimum lease payments associated with our Campbell, California office:

Year Ending December 31,
     
2012
  $ 200,300  
2013
    145,700  
2014
    144,200  
2015
    148,600  
2016
    153,000  
2017
    78,400  
    $ 870,200  

Rent expense aggregated approximately $196,800 and $191,200 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Contingencies.   Under its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and certain agreements with officers and directors, the Company has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences arising as a result of the officer’s or director’s serving in such capacity. Generally, the term of the indemnification period


is for the officer's or director's lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is limited as the Company currently has a directors and officers liability insurance policy that limits its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid.  The Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal and has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2011.

The Company enters into indemnification provisions under (i) its agreements with other companies in its ordinary course of business, including contractors and customers and (ii) its agreements with investors. Under these provisions, the Company generally indemnifies and holds harmless the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party as a result of the Company's activities or, in some cases, as a result of the indemnified party's activities under the agreement. These indemnification provisions often include indemnifications relating to representations made by the Company with regard to intellectual property rights, and often survive termination of the underlying agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is unlimited. The Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2011.

The Company’s software license agreements also generally include a performance guarantee that the Company’s software products will operate substantially as described in the applicable program documentation for a period of 90 days after delivery.  The Company also generally warrants that services that the Company performs will be provided in a manner consistent with reasonably applicable industry standards. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs associated with these warranties and has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of December 31, 2011.

During April 2011, the Company signed a one-year extension on the lease for its Santa Cruz, California corporate headquarters facility. Under such extension the monthly rent for the facility will be approximately $4,100. During June 2011, the Company received notice from the County of Santa Cruz (the “County”) that it intends to purchase the corporate office complex from the Company’s landlord. Under certain statutes that enable the County to make the purchase, the Company could be required to vacate its office space within 90 days of receiving notice from the County that it will be terminating the Company’s lease. Such notice could occur at any time prior to expiration of the extension. Additionally, under certain statutes, the Company would be eligible for relocation assistance. As indicated above under “Operating Leases,” the Company intends to vacate the Santa Cruz premises prior to the lease expiration date and to relocate its headquarters to the Campbell, California premises. The Company does not anticipate incurring significant costs in relocating its corporate headquarters.

The Company’s Chief Financial Officer is entitled to three-months’ severance of his then base salary in the event of a merger or acquisition or certain other conditions.

Director Severance Plan and Key Employee Severance Plan

At a meeting of the Company’s board of directors held on October 18, 2011, the board approved the Company’s Director Severance Plan and Key Employee Severance Plan, each of which had been previously approved by the board, and each of which by its terms had expired on December 31, 2010.  The board approved both plans without change (except their expiration date was changed to December 31, 2013) and with immediate effect.  Following is a summary description of each of these plans.
 
Director Severance Plan:
This plan provides for accelerated vesting of the director’s stock options upon termination of the director’s position as a director under certain circumstances.  Those circumstances include that the termination must take place after the occurrence of any transaction or series of transactions that constitute a change in the ownership or effective control of us, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of our assets, as defined in regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (such occurrence, a “Designated Event”) and that certain other terms and conditions set forth in the plan must have been met.
 
Key Employee Severance Plan:
This plan provides for payment of certain benefits upon termination of the key employee’s employment under certain circumstances.  The benefits consist of accelerated vesting of stock options, continuation of salary for 12 months after termination (24 months for certain senior management who are so notified in writing), bonus payments that would have been payable but for termination of employment, and payment of certain health and other insurance benefits on behalf of the employee.  The circumstances in which these benefits are payable include that the termination of employment must take place after the occurrence of a Designated Event and that certain other terms and conditions set forth in the plan must have been met.


The plans provide that we have the right to amend or terminate the plans at any time, except that the plans may not be amended or terminated following the occurrence of a Designated Event.  Executive officers first elected or appointed after October 18, 2011 are ineligible to participate in the Key Employee Severance Plan absent prior board consideration and, if requested by one or more directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors.

11.  Employee 401(k) Plan

In December 1998, the Company adopted a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”), to provide retirement benefits for employees.  As allowed under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, the Plan provides tax-deferred salary deductions for eligible employees.  Employees may contribute up to 15% of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service.  In addition, the Company may make discretionary/matching contributions.  During 2011 and 2010, the Company contributed a total of approximately $43,200 and $45,200, to the Plan, respectively.

12.    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

The following table presents supplemental disclosure information for the statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Cash Paid:
 
2010
   
2010
 
Income Taxes (1)
  $ 2,600     $ 3,100  
Interest
          2,200  

(1) All such disbursements were for the payment of foreign income taxes.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company capitalized $1,700 and $3,800, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense, for which no cash was disbursed, as a component of capitalized software costs.
 
Also, the Company reported approximately $17,500 as prepaid expense and other current assets for which no cash was disbursed. The Company reported this amount as a component of accounts payable as of December 31, 2011.

13.    Segment Information

FASB Codification Subtopic 280-10, “Segment Reporting” (“ASC 280-10”) establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. This standard requires segmentation based on the Company’s internal organization and reporting of revenue and operating income based upon internal accounting methods. The Company’s financial reporting systems present various data for management to operate the business prepared in methods consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The segments were defined in order to allocate resources internally.  Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has determined that it operated its business in two segments, namely Software and Intellectual Property.

Segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

               
Increase (Decrease)
   
2011
   
2010
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
Software
  $ 6,584,400     $ 6,641,500     $ (57,100 )     (0.9 ) %
Intellectual Property
          875,000       (875,000 )     (100.0 )
Consolidated Total
  $ 6,584,400     $ 7,516,500     $ (932,100 )     (12.4 )

The Company does not analyze revenue based on the geographical location of its customers as to do so would be impractical.


Segment loss from operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
 
Software
  $ (1,183,700 )   $ (341,700 )
Intellectual Property
    (801,000 )     (493,900 )
Consolidated Total
  $ (1,984,700 )   $ (835,600 )

The Company does not allocate interest and other income, interest and other expense, or income tax to its segments.

As of December 31, 2011 segment fixed assets (long-lived assets) were as follows:

   
Cost Basis
   
Accumulated Depreciation /Amortization
   
Net
 
Software
  $ 1,824,000     $ (1,476,300 )   $ 347,700  
Intellectual Property
    2,839,000       (2,839,000 )      
Unallocated
    39,400             39,400  
    $ 4,702,400     $ (4,315,300 )   $ 387,100  

The Company does not allocate other assets (long-term), which consist primarily of deposits, to its segments. The Company does not maintain any significant long-lived assets outside of the United States.

Products and services provided by the Software segment include all currently available versions of the GO-Global family of products, OEM private labeling kits, software developer’s kits, maintenance contracts, and product training and support. The Intellectual Property segment provides licenses to our intellectual property. The Company’s two segments do not engage in cross-segment transactions.

14.    Related Party Transactions

ipCapital Group, Inc.

On October 11, 2011, the Company engaged ipCapital Group, Inc., an affiliate of John Cronin, who is one of the Company’s directors, to provide assistance in the execution of the Company’s strategic decision to significantly strengthen, grow and commercially exploit its intellectual property assets. On November 7, 2011 and November 14, 2011, the Company entered into two separate addendums to the initial agreement to provide additional services not contained within the initial agreement.

The engagement agreement with ipCapital, as amended, affords the Company the right to request ipCapital to perform a number of diverse services, employing its proprietary processes and methodologies, to facilitate the Company’s ability to identify and extract from its current intellectual property base new inventions, potential patent applications, and marketing and licensing opportunities. The Company will decide in its sole discretion how many of these services, whose cost will range from $5,000 to $60,000 per service, to request. Should the Company request ipCapital to perform all of the services contained within the engagement agreement, as amended, the cost will aggregate $440,000 (see Note 15), which the Company expects would be expended throughout 2012. Based on services performed under the terms of the engagement agreement, as amended, the Company paid $150,000 to ipCapital for services performed during 2011 and reported such costs as a component of general and administrative expense and within the Company’s patent segment. As of December 31, 2011 no amount was due to ipCapital.

In addition to the fees the Company agreed to pay ipCapital for its services, the Company issued ipCapital a five-year warrant to purchase up to 400,000 shares of its common stock at an initial price of $0.26 per share. The warrant will vest and become exercisable to the extent of 200,000 of these shares in three equal annual installments commencing on October 11, 2012, and to the extent of the remaining 200,000 shares, upon the completion to the Company’s satisfaction of all services that it has requested ipCapital to perform on its behalf under the engagement agreement, prior to the signing of any amendments. The Company believes that these fees, together with the issuance of the warrant, constitute no greater compensation than would be required to pay to an unaffiliated person for substantially similar services.



The exercise price of the warrant issued to ipCapital could be reset to below-market value. Consequently, the Company has concluded that such warrant is not indexed to the Company’s common stock and it will accrete the fair value of the warrant as a liability over the anticipated service period. The Company recognized $18,600 as a component of general and administrative expense during the year ended December 31, 2011 resulting from such accretion. Additionally, in accordance with the liability method of accounting, the Company will remeasure the fair value of the then-outstanding warrant at each future balance sheet date and recognize the change in fair value as general and administrative compensation expense. (See Note 6)

15.    Subsequent Events

Tamalpais Partners LLC

Steven Ledger, the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors, is the founder and managing partner of Tamalpais Partners LLC, a business consulting firm. On February 1, 2012, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Tamalpais under which Tamalpais will provide it with advisory services focused on capital and business issues, including assistance on raising capital, mergers, acquisitions, business development and investor relations/positioning. The Company will pay Tamalpais $6,000 per month during the term of this agreement, which runs for one year, beginning February 1, 2012.

ipCapital Group, Inc.

On January 30, 2012, the Company entered into a third addendum to the initial engagement agreement with ipCapital to provide additional services related to identifying and extracting additional new inventions, and to draft new invention disclosures, among other opportunities. The Company anticipates that costs for these additional services, if performed, will aggregate between $50,000 and $100,000. Should the Company choose to utilize all of the services contained within the engagement agreement, as amended, the total amount of all services provided under the engagement agreement, as amended, would aggregate $540,000, which the Company expects would be expended prior to December 31, 2012.
 
Robert Dilworth

On April 12, 2012, the Company entered into a separation agreement and a release with Robert Dilworth in connection with Mr. Dilworth’s resignation as its Chief Executive Officer and as a member of its board of directors. Subject to the terms of the separation agreement and provided Mr. Dilworth does not revoke the release by April 20, 2012 (the “Release Effective Date”), the Company will pay or provide Mr. Dilworth the following:

·  
On the Release Effective Date, Mr. Dilworth’s outstanding options will become fully vested and exercisable and will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration dates of each of such options or (ii) the date that is 30 months after the Release Effective Date. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such outstanding options is 2,000,000.
 
·  
On the Release Effective Date, Mr. Dilworth will be granted options to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of the greater of (i) $0.20 per share or (ii) the per-share fair market value of the common stock on the Release Effective Date. Such options will have a term of 30 months from the date of grant and will vest and become exercisable at a rate of 62,500 shares per quarter commencing on July 1, 2012.
 
·  
From May 2012 through April 2013, Mr. Dilworth will be paid $27,268 per month. From May 2013 through April 2014, Mr. Dilworth will be paid $13,634 per month.
 
·  
For a period of 18 months, the Company will pay the premium costs to continue medical coverage for Mr. Dilworth and his spouse under the Employment Retirement income Security Act of 1974 (COBRA).
 
·  
Within five business days after the Release Effective Date, the Company will pay Mr. Dilworth $15,000 as reimbursement for a portion of his legal fees in connection with negotiation of the separation agreement and the release.
 
Mr. Dilworth’s participation in the Key Employee Severance Plan and the Director Severance Plan will automatically terminate on the Release Effective Date. In addition, the separation agreement contains confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions subject to the terms set forth therein. Pursuant to the terms of the release, Mr. Dilworth will provide as of the Release Effective Date a release of claims in connection with his employment and resignation from our company.


 
ITEM 9 . CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None
 
ITEM 9A .   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Security and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosures. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based upon that evaluation, and the items discussed in the next paragraph, our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2011.

In conjunction with their audit of our 2011 consolidated financial statements, Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP (“MGO”), our independent registered public accounting firm, informed management and our audit committee that it noted that the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our constrained accounting function resources previously identified by them and reported to management and our audit committee and disclosed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011 had not been adequately remediated, as evidenced by the appearance of incomplete accounting evaluations of significant transactions that led to material adjustments to the consolidated financial statements being included in our draft Form 10-K.

Management and our audit committee have embarked on an implementation path to remediate this weakness that encompassed two distinct steps. The first step was to engage additional technical resources to assist in the analysis of complex transactions or regulatory filings, and the second will be to hire an additional skilled staff accountant in order to further spread the work load among company personnel.

Management has entered into a consulting agreement with an independent public accounting firm to provide additional technical resources upon demand and will be developing policies and procedures to identify how best to utilize such resources. Management expects to have such policies and procedures in place during the second quarter of 2012. Management expects to begin and conclude the hiring process for the additional skilled staff accountant during the second quarter of 2012.

There has not been any change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting except that we have engaged additional technical resources to assist in the analysis of complex transactions and/or regulatory filings.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and includes those policies and procedures that:



·  
 
pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; and
·  
 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 
·  
 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material impact on the financial statements.

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting includes using the COSO framework, an integrated framework for the evaluation of internal control issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, to identify the risks and control objectives related to the evaluation of our control environment.

Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2011, because of the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, as discussed above.
 
This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Our management’s report was not subject to attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.

ITEM 9B . OTHER INFORMATION
 
On April 12, 2012, we entered into a separation agreement and a release with Robert Dilworth in connection with Mr. Dilworth’s resignation as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors. See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence – Robert Dilworth” for further information regarding the separation agreement.
 
On April 13, 2012, Eldad Eilam was appointed Interim Chief Executive Officer of our company. See Items 10, 11 and 13 of this report for further information regrading Mr. Eilam.
 


PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
Our directors and executive officers as of April 13, 2012, are as follows:

Name
Age
Positions and Offices
Steven Ledger
52
Chairman of the Board
Eldad Eilam
34
Interim Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
William Swain
71
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
John Cronin
57
Director
August P. Klein
74
Director
Gordon Watson
76
Director
 
Steven Ledger has served as one of our directors since August 2011 and was appointed Chairman in January 2012. Mr. Ledger founded and since 2002 has been managing partner of Tamalpais Partners LLC, an investor in, and advisor to, emerging growth companies. Mr. Ledger previously founded and served from 1999 to 2002 as managing partner of eCompanies Venture Group, where he managed an Internet focused, strategic venture capital fund. Prior to founding eCompanies Venture Group, Mr. Ledger served as managing partner and portfolio manager at San Francisco Investment Group and Kayne Anderson Investment Management. Mr. Ledger began his career at Fidelity Management and Research as an equity research analyst and portfolio manager. We believe that Mr. Ledger’s qualifications to serve on our board include his over 27 years’ experience investing in and advising high-tech companies at similar stages in their corporate history as we are, and his financial analysis experience covering a wide array of companies. Mr. Ledger also serves on the board of directors of the following public companies: Broadcast International, Inc. and Crossroad Systems, Inc. Mr. Ledger has previously served as a director of Acorn Energy, Inc., a public company. Mr. Ledger is a graduate of the University of Connecticut.
 
Eldad Eilam has served as our President since January 2012 and as our Acting Chief Executive Officer between March 2012 and April 2012 when he was appointed Interim Chief Excutive Officer. Mr. Eilam served as our Chief Operating Officer from January 2012 to April 2012 and as our Chief Technology Officer from July 2011 to January 2012. Mr. Eilam has been one of our directors since March 2012. From August 2011 to January 2012, Mr. Eilam served as our Chief Technology Officer. In 2004, Mr. Eilam founded Elgix, Limited, an Israel-based consulting firm to the high-tech industry. Mr. Eilam served as its initial President until his appointment as our Chief Technology Officer. From July 2006 to March 2009, Mr. Eilam was President of GraphOn Research Labs, Limited, our Israeli subsidiary. From April 2009 to July 2011, in his role as President of Elgix, Limited, Mr. Eilam served as a consultant to various high-tech companies, including as a consultant to our company since June 2010. From July 2006 to March 2009, Mr. Eilam was President of GraphOn Research Labs, Limited, our Israeli subsidiary. Mr. Eilam is a technology expert in the Windows operating system, mobile user interfaces and advanced software technology development, and is the author of the book “ Reversing: Secrets of Reverse Engineering . ” We believe that Mr. Eilam’s qualifications to serve on our board include his experience advising high-tech companies at similar stages of development as our company, and his technological expertise in the Windows operating system and mobile user interfaces.


William Swain has been our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since March 2000. Mr. Swain was a consultant from August 1998 until February 2000, working with entrepreneurs in the technology industry in connection with the start-up and financing of new business opportunities. Mr. Swain was Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Metricom Inc., from January 1988 until June 1997, during which time he was instrumental in private financings as well as Metricom’s initial public offering and subsequent public financing activities. Mr. Swain continued as Senior Vice President of Administration with Metricom from June 1997 until July 1998. Prior to joining Metricom, Mr. Swain held top financial positions with leading companies in the computer industry, including Morrow Designs, Varian Associates and Sperry Univac. Mr. Swain holds a Bachelors degree in Business Administration from California State University of Los Angeles and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of California.

John Cronin has served as one of our directors since August 2011. Mr. Cronin is the founder, managing director and chairman of ipCapital Group, Inc., an intellectual property strategy firm, with which we have formed an alliance to deploy a range of strategic invention and intellectual property tactics aimed at accelerating the growth and commercialization of our IP portfolio. Prior to founding ipCapital in 1998, Mr. Cronin was an inventor at IBM for 17 years where he patented over 100 inventions, published over 150 technical papers and received IBM’s “Most Distinguished Inventor Award.” We believe that Mr. Cronin’s qualifications to serve on our board include his over 30 years’ experience developing and consulting with the development of high-tech intellectual property and his extensive knowledge and understanding of the high-tech industry. Mr. Cronin also serves on the board of directors of the following private companies: Vermont Electric Power Company, Armor Designs, Inc. and Primal Inc. He holds a BS in Electrical Engineering, an MS in Electrical Engineering and a BA in Psychology from the University of Vermont.

August P. Klein has served as one of our directors since August 1998, and Vice Chairman of the Board since February 2010. In 1995 Mr. Klein founded JSK Corporation, a general contracting firm. Mr. Klein was an initial member of JSK Corporation’s board of directors and served as its initial Chief Executive Officer until his retirement in 1999. Mr. Klein remains a member of JSK Corporation’s board of directors. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Klein was founder and Chief Executive Officer of Uniquest, Inc., an object-oriented application software company. From 1984 to 1988, Mr. Klein served as Chief Executive Officer of Masscomp, Inc., a developer of high performance real time mission critical systems and UNIX-based applications. Mr. Klein has served as Group Vice President, Serial Printers at Data Products Corporation and as President and Chief Executive Officer at Integral Data Systems, a manufacturer of personal computer printers. Mr. Klein spent 25 years with IBM Corporation, rising to a senior executive position as General Manager of the Retail/Distribution Business Unit. We believe that Mr. Klein’s qualifications to serve on our board include his more than 30 years’ experience as chief executive and board member of many different companies, including multiple high-tech companies. Mr. Klein currently serves as a trustee of the United States Supreme Court Historical Society and as a trustee of the Computer Museum in Boston, Massachusetts. Since March 2011, Mr., Klein has served as a director of Tagnetics Corporation, a privately-held electronics shelf-tag manufacturer for retailers, and since May 2011 has served as their Chief Executive Officer. During the five year period ended December 31, 2011, Mr. Klein was a director of privately-held QuickSite Corporation. Mr. Klein holds a B.S. in Mathematics from St. Vincent College.

Gordon Watson has served as one of our directors since April 2002. Mr. Watson brings over 30 years’ executive, board and management experience to our board. In 1997 Mr. Watson founded Watson Consulting, LLC, a consulting company for early stage technology companies, and has served as its President since its inception. From 1996 to 1997, Mr. Watson served as Western Regional Director, Lotus Consulting of Lotus Development Corporation, a subsidiary of IBM. From 1988 to 1996, Mr. Watson held various positions with Platinum Technology, Incorporated, most recently serving as Vice President Business Development. Earlier positions included: Chief Operating Officer for Local Data, Incorporated; President, Troy Division, Data Card Corporation; and Vice President and General Manager, Minicomputer Division, Computer Automation, Incorporated. Mr. Watson also held various executive and director level positions with TRW, Incorporated, Varian Data Machines, and Computer Usage Company. We believe that Mr. Watsons’s qualifications to serve on our board include his over 25 years’ executive-level experience (full income statement responsibility) at the Chief Operating Officer, Vice President, General Manager, and Division President levels, his extensive knowledge and understanding of the high tech industry, and his over 10 years’ experience serving on the boards of other public and privately-held companies. Mr. Watson holds a Bachelors of Science degree in electrical engineering from the University of California at Los Angeles and has taught at the University of California at Irvine. Mr. Watson also serves on advisory boards for AKiiRA Media Systems, Incorporated, and Sterling Pear, Incorporated. Each of these entities is a privately-held company. During the five year period ended December 31, 2011, Mr. Watson served as a director of publicly-held DPAC Technologies and of the following privately-held entities: SoftwarePROSe, Inc., Grapevine Software, PATH Reliability, Inc. and Pound Hill Software. During the five year period ended December 31, 2011, Mr. Watson also served on the advisory boards for Cluepedia, Inc., and Mobophiles, Inc., each of which are privately-held companies.

Our board of directors has determined that each of August Klein, Gordon Watson and Steven Ledger, who collectively constitute a majority of the members of our board of directors, meet the general independence criteria set forth in the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.
 


Our board of directors has an audit committee consisting of two directors. The current members of the audit committee are August P. Klein (committee chairman) and Gordon Watson. The board has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules’ definition of “independent” for audit committee purposes.  Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Klein meets the SEC’s definition of an audit committee financial expert.
 
Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to all of our employees, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and controller.   This code of ethics was filed with the SEC on March 30, 2004 as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
All executive officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Compliance With Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires our officers and directors, as well as those persons who own more than 10% of our common stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC.  These persons are required by SEC rules to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms, we believe that during the year ended December 31, 2011, all filing requirements applicable to our officers, directors and greater than 10% owners of our common stock were complied with except that: John Cronin and Eldad Eilam each did not file on a timely basis an Initial Statement of Beneficial Ownership of Securities on Form 3; John Cronin, Robert Dilworth, August Klein, Steven Ledger, William Swain and Gordon Watson each did not file on a timely basis a Form 4 reflecting the grant of an option; and Robert Dilworth did not file on a timely basis a Form 4 reflecting the purchase of common stock. The non-timely Form 3s and 4s were subsequently filed with the SEC.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Summary Compensation
 
The following table sets forth the compensation we paid to our executive officers for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010;
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
Name and Principal Position
Year
 
Salary
   
Option Awards (1)
   
All Other Compensation
   
Total
 
Robert Dilworth,
2011
  $ 325,774     $ 58,753     $ 63,719 (2)   $ 448,246  
Chief Executive Officer *
2010
    321,717             57,876 (2)     379,593  
Eldad Eilam, (3)
2011
    121,154       280,000       26,966 (4)     428,120  
Inteirm Chief Executive Officer and President
                                 
William Swain,
2011
    166,112       31,843       20,488 (5)     218,443  
Chief Financial Officer
2010
    170,489             19,866 (5)     190,355  

 
*
Mr. Dilworth resigned as Chief Executive Officer on April 12, 2012.

(1)  
Other than amounts attributable to the grant of options pursuant to our 2011 tender offer, the amounts listed in the Option Awards column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted to the named executive officers during the respective year calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts listed in the Option Awards column attributable to the grant of options in our 2011 tender offer reflect the incremental fair value of the stock options granted to the named executive officers pursuant to the 2011 tender offer computed as of the reporting date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in calculating these amounts for the years indicated are set forth in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K. The number of options granted for the years indicated is set forth below.
 
On May 2, 2011, we granted:
 
·  
Mr. Dilworth options to purchase 187,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share.
 
·  
Mr. Swain options to purchase 112,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share.
 


On September 8, 2011, we granted Mr. Eilam options to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.28 per share.
 
On September 14, 2011, we offered our employees and directors an opportunity to voluntarily exchange certain options held by them for new options subject to the conditions described in an Offer to Exchange. On October 12, 2011:
 
·  
Mr. Dilworth exchanged options to purchase 725,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices between $0.25 and $0.43 per share for new options to purchase 725,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.202 per share.
 
·  
Mr. Swain exchanged options to purchase 615,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices between $0.34 and $0.43 per share for new options to purchase 615,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.202 per share.
 
See “—Oustanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End,” for a discussion of the vesting and exercisability terms of these options.
 
See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K for further information regarding this tender offer.
 
No options were granted to our executive officers in 2010.
 
(2)
Represents group life insurance premiums ($6,181 in 2011 and $3,810 in 2010); our payment of commuting expenses ($36,475 in 2011 and $27,422 in 2010); our payment of travel expenses of Mr. Dilworth’s wife ($15,036 in 2011 and $12,775 in 2010); the incremental cost of a house located near our offices in New Hampshire, which house was rented by Mr. Dilworth ($4,105 in 2011 and $12,383 in 2010); and miscellaneous personal benefits ($1,922 in 2011 and $1,486 in 2010). The incremental cost represents for each of 2011 and 2010 the aggregate cost of maintaining the house in New Hampshire (rent, utilities, etc.) less the estimated cost we would have incurred had Mr. Dilworth stayed in a hotel near our offices during the days he was in New Hampshire.
 
(3)
Mr. Eilam has served as our President since January 2012 and as our Acting Chief Executive Officer between March 2012 and April 2012 when he was appinted Interim Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Eilam served as our Chief Operating Officer from January 2012 to April 2012 and as our Chief TEchnology Officer from July 2011 to Jnaury 2012. Prior to being appointed Chief Technology Officer, Mr. Eilam was not an employee of our company but provided services to our company as an independent consultant for which services he was paid $157,672 and $65,610 during 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
(4)
Represents group life insurance premiums ($111) and our payment of Mr. Eilam’s relocation expenses ($26,855) from Israel to California.
 
(5)
Represents group life insurance premiums ($6,238 in 2011 and $6,428 in 2010); our contribution to the 401(k) Plan ($2,000 in each of 2011 and 2010); and our payment of commuting expenses ($12,250 in 2011 and $11,438 in 2010).
 
Mr. Swain, whom we employ on an at-will basis, would be contractually entitled to three months’ severance of his then base salary in the event of a merger or acquisition which results in a change in the nature of his duties or in their reduction or elimination, a reduction in his level of compensation, relocation of our corporate office by more than 50 miles from its then current location or his termination.
 
Mr. Eilam, whom we employ on an at-will basis, is eligible for a performance-based bonus of up to $50,000 annually, based upon mutually agreed upon goals and objectives. We also agreed to pay the costs of Mr. Eilam’s relocation from Israel to California, which were $26,855 in 2011 and $3,700 in 2012. However, under certain conditions, if Mr. Eilam leaves our employ prior to December 31, 2012, he is obligated to reimburse such relocation costs to us.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

Outstanding Equity Awards At December 31, 2011
   
Option Awards
Name
 
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable
   
Option Exercise Price
 
Option Expiration Date
Robert Dilworth,
    40,000 (1)   $ 0.1800  
05/05/13
Chief Executive Officer *
    125,000 (1)   $ 0.2100  
01/26/16
      125,000 (1)   $ 0.1650  
01/15/17
      125,000 (1)   $ 0.0500  
01/02/19
      187,500 (1)   $ 0.1800  
05/02/21
      725,000 (2)   $ 0.2020  
10/12/21



Eldad Eilam,
Interim Chief Executive Officer and President
    1,000,000 (1)   $ 0.2800  
09/08/21
William Swain,
    40,000 (1)   $ 0.1800  
05/05/13
Chief Financial Officer
    75,000 (1)   $ 0.2100  
01/26/16
      75,000 (1)   $ 0.1650  
01/15/17
      75,000 (1)   $ 0.0500  
01/02/19
      112,500 (1)   $ 0.1800  
05/02/21
      615,000 (2)   $ 0.2020  
10/12/21

 
*
Mr. Dilworth resigned as Chief Executive Officer on April 12, 2012.

(1)
All such options were immediately exercisable upon grant and vest in thirty-three equal monthly installments, beginning in the fourth month after their respective grant date. For Mr. Dilworth, the options identified in this table were, or will be, fully vested on the following dates: May 5, 2006, January 26, 2009, January 15, 2010, January 2, 2012 and May 2, 2014, respectively. For Mr. Swain, the options identified in this table were, or will be, fully vested on the following dates: May 5, 2006, January 26, 2009, January 15, 2010, January 2, 2012, and May 2, 2014, respectively. For Mr. Eilam, the options identified in this table will be fully vested on September 8, 2014. If Messrs. Dilworth’s, Swain’s or Eilam’s employment ceases prior to full vesting of the options, we have the right to repurchase any shares issued upon exercise of options not vested.
(2)
Mr. Dilworth and Mr. Swain voluntarily surrendered, on October 12, 2011, 725,000 and 615,000 out-of-the-money options, respectively, in conjunction with participation in a voluntary stock option exchange program. New option grants equal to the number of options cancelled were made on October 12, 2011. All such new option grants will vest in twenty-four equal monthly installments beginning in the first month after grant and will be fully vested on October 12, 2013.

Compensation of Directors

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, our non-employee directors were eligible to be compensated at the rate of $1,000 for attendance at each meeting of our board, $500 if their attendance was via telephone, $500 for attendance at each meeting of a board committee, and a $1,500 quarterly retainer.   Additionally, non-employee directors are granted stock options periodically, typically on a yearly basis.
 
Director Compensation
 
Name
Year
 
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
   
Option Awards (1)
   
All Other Compensation
   
Total
 
Steven Ledger
2011
  $ 7,500     $ 80,000     $     $ 87,500  
John Cronin
2011
    8,000       80,000             88,000  
August Klein
2011
    24,500       51,011             75,511  
Gordon Watson
2011
    24,500       50,517             75,017  

(1)  
Other than amounts attributable to the grant of options pursuant to our 2011 tender offer, the amounts listed in the Option Awards column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted to the named director during 2011 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts listed in the Option Awards column attributable to the grant of options in our 2011 tender offer reflect the incremental fair value of the stock options granted to the named directors pursuant to the 2011 tender offer computed as of the reporting date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in calculating these amounts are set forth in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K. The number of options granted for each director is set forth below.

·  
On May 2, 2011, we granted to each of Messrs. Klein and Watson options to purchase 112,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share.
 
·  
On August 9, 2011, we granted to each of Messrs. Ledger and Cronin options to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.15 per share.
 


·  
On October 5, 2011, we granted to each of Messrs. Klein and Watson options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.23 per share.
 
On September 14, 2011, we offered our employees and directors an opportunity to voluntarily exchange certain options held by them for new options subject to the conditions described in an Offer to Exchange. On October 12, 2011:

·  
Mr. Klein exchanged options to purchase 297,500 shares of common stock at exercise prices between $0.38 and $0.56 per share for new options to purchase 297,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.202 per share.
 
·  
Mr. Watson exchanged options to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices between $0.21 and $0.56 per share for new options to purchase 350,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.202 per share.
 
See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K for further information regarding this tender offer.
 
 
All of the options granted to Messrs. Ledger and Cronin in 2011 were immediately exercisable upon their grant date and vest in thirty-three equal monthly installments, beginning in the fourth month after their grant date.
 
 
All of the options granted to Messrs. Klein and Watson in 2011 were immediately exercisable upon their respective grants dates. The options granted to Messrs. Klein and Watson on May 2, 2011 and October 5, 2011 will each vest in thirty-three equal monthly installments, beginning in the fourth month after their respective grant date.  The options granted to Messrs. Klein and Watson on October 12, 2011 will each vest in twenty-four equal monthly installments beginning in the first month after their respective grant dates.
 
 
Should any director’s service cease prior to full vesting of his options, we have the right to repurchase any shares issued upon exercise of options not vested.
 


ITEM 12 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information, as of April 13, 2012, with respect to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock held by:  (i) each director; (ii) each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our common stock; (iii) each executive officer named in the summary compensation table; and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group.  Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each stockholder is c/o GraphOn Corporation, 5400 Soquel Avenue, Suite A2, Santa Cruz, California 95062.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Number of Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned (1)(2)
Percent of Class (%)
Steven Ledger (3)
2,275,000
2.7
Robert Dilworth (4)
2,263,820
2.7
Eldad Eilam (5)
1,600,000
1.9
William Swain (6)
1,149,900
1.4
August P. Klein (7)
1,025,760
1.2
Gordon Watson (8)
934,800
1.1
John Cronin (9)
400,000
0.5
AIGH Investment Partners, LLC (10)
6006 Berkeley Avenue
Baltimore, MD  21209
6,080,278
7.4
Austin Marxe and David Greenhouse   (11)
527 Madison Avenue, Suite 2600
New York, NY 10022
8,250,000
9.7
David R. Wilmerding, III (12)
2 Hamill Road, Suite 272
Baltimore, MD 21117
7,500,000
8.9
Jon C. Baker Family LLC (13)
101 St. Johns Road
Baltimore, MD 21210
7,500,000
8.9
All current executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)(14)
7,385,460
8.6


(1)  
As used in this table, beneficial ownership means the sole or shared power to vote, or direct the voting of, a security, or the sole or shared power to invest or dispose, or direct the investment or disposition, of a security.  Except as otherwise indicated, based on information provided by the named individuals, all persons named herein have sole voting power and investment power with respect to their respective shares of our common stock, except to the extent that authority is shared by spouses under applicable law, and record and beneficial ownership with respect to their respective shares of our common stock.  With respect to each stockholder, any shares issuable upon exercise of options held by such stockholder that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of April 13, 2012 are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.
(2)  
Percentage ownership of our common stock is based on 81,943,015 shares of common stock outstanding as of April 13, 2012.
(3)  
Includes 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options. Also includes 1,250,000 shares of common stock and 625,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by Tamalpais Master Fund Ltd. Mr. Ledger has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Tamalpais Master Fund Ltd.
(4)  
Includes 2,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(5)  
Includes 1,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(6)  
Includes 992,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(7)  
Includes 775,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(8)  
Includes 792,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options.



(9)  
Includes 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options.
(10)  
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G/A filed by AIGH Investment Partners, LLC on March 3, 2008, and information known to us, AIGH has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to 6,080,278 shares of common stock. Orin Hirschman is the managing member of AIGH Investment Partners, LLC.
(11)  
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed by Austin Marxe and David Greenhouse on February 13, 2012, such stockholders have shared voting and dispositive power over shares of common stock held by Special Situations Technology Fund, L.P. and Special Situations Technology Fund II, L.P. Includes 2,750,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.
(12)  
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed by David R. Wilmerding, III on January 13, 2012, Mr. Wilmerding has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares. Includes 2,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.
(13)  
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13G filed by Jon C. Baker on January 13, 2012, Mr. Baker has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to these shares. Includes 2,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.
(14)  
Includes 4,360,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and 625,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

Equity Compensation Plan Information.   The following table sets forth information related to all of our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011:

Plan Category
 
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
   
Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
   
Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
                 
1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan
    432,500     $ 0.16        
2005 Equity Incentive Plan
    1,705,000     $ 0.19       1,115,000  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:
                       
2008 Equity Incentive Plan (1)
    9,469,194     $ 0.18       4,705,505  
Supplemental Stock Option Plan (2)
    30,000     $ 0.39        
Total - all plans
    11,636,694     $ 0.18       5,820,505  

(1)
On November 19, 2008 our board of directors approved the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “08 Plan”) pursuant to which options or restricted stock may be granted to officers and other employees, non-employee directors and independent consultants and advisors who render services to the Company. The 08 Plan was originally authorized to issue options or restricted stock for up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock. During the quarter ended September 30, 2012, our board of directors authorized the issuance of options and restricted stock for up to an additional 11,438,333 shares of common stock for an aggregate authorization of 14,438,333 shares of common stock.
 
Under the 08 Plan the exercise price of options granted is to be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the option is granted.  The purchase price of performance-vested stock issued under the 08 Plan shall also not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the performance-vested stock is granted.
 



 
In the case of a restricted stock award, the entire number of shares subject to such award would be issued at the time of the grant and subject to vesting provisions based on time or performance conditions specified by our board of directors or an authorized committee of the board.  For awards based on time, should the grantee’s service to us end before full vesting occurred, all unvested shares would be forfeited and returned to us. In the case of awards granted with vesting provisions based on specific performance conditions, if those conditions are not met, then all shares would be forfeited and returned to us. Until forfeited, all shares issued under a performance vested stock award would be considered outstanding for dividend, voting and other purposes.
 
 
All options granted under the 08 Plan are immediately exercisable by the optionee; however, there is a vesting period for the options.  The options vest, ratably, over a 33-month period, however no options vest until after three months from the date of the option grant.  The exercise price is immediately due upon exercise of the option.  Under the terms of the 08 Plan, the exercise price of all options issued under the 08 Plan would be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant.  Shares issued upon exercise of options are subject to our repurchase, which right lapses as the shares vest. The 08 Plan will terminate no later than November 19, 2018.  As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 9,469,194 shares were outstanding under the 08 Plan, no restricted shares had been awarded, options to purchase 263,634 shares had been exercised, and 4,705,505 shares remained available for issuance.
 
(2)
The supplemental stock option plan was approved by our board of directors in May 2000 and expired on April 30, 2010; thus, no options can be granted from this plan. Options were restricted to employees who were neither officers nor directors at the grant date. As of December 31, 2011, options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock were outstanding.
 

For additional information concerning our equity compensation plans, see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements appearing in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
Robert Dilworth

On April 12, 2012, we entered into a separation agreement and a release with Robert Dilworth in connection with Mr. Dilworth’s resignation as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors. Subject to the terms of the separation agreement and provided Mr. Dilworth does not revoke the release by April 20, 2012 (the “Release Effective Date”), we will pay or provide Mr. Dilworth the following:

·
On the Release Effective Date, Mr. Dilworth’s outstanding options will become fully vested and exercisable and will remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the expiration dates of each of such options or (ii) the date that is 30 months after the Release Effective Date. The number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such outstanding options is 2,000,000.
·
On the Release Effective Date, Mr. Dilworth will be granted options to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of the greater of (i) $0.20 per share or (ii) the per-share fair market value of the common stock on the Release Effective Date. Such options will have a term of 30 months from the date of grant and will vest and become exercisable at a rate of 62,500 shares per quarter commencing on July 1, 2012.
·
From May 2012 through April 2013, Mr. Dilworth will be paid $27,268 per month. From May 2013 through April 2014, Mr. Dilworth will be paid $13,634 per month.
·
For a period of 18 months, we will pay the premium costs to continue medical coverage for Mr. Dilworth and his spouse under the Employment Retirement income Security Act of 1974 (COBRA).
·
Within five business days after the Release Effective Date, we will pay Mr. Dilworth $15,000 as reimbursement for a portion of his legal fees in connection with negotiation of the separation agreement and the release.
 
Mr. Dilworth’s participation in the Key Employee Severance Plan and the Director Severance Plan will automatically terminate on the Release Effective Date. In addition, the separation agreement contains confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions subject to the terms set forth therein. Pursuant to the terms of the release, Mr. Dilworth will provide as of the Release Effective Date a release of claims in connection with his employment and resignation from our company.
 
Steven Ledger

Steven Ledger, a member of our board of directors since August 9, 2011 and the Chairman of our board of directors, since January 18, 2012, is the founder and managing partner of Tamalpais Partners LLC, a business consulting firm. On September 1, 2011, Tamalpais purchased in our 2011 private placement, 1,250,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 625,000 shares of our common stock.

On February 1, 2012, we entered into a consulting agreement with Tamalpais under which Tamalpais will provide us with advisory services focused on capital and business issues, including assistance on raising capital, mergers, acquisitions, business development and investor relations/positioning. We will pay Tamalpais $6,000 per month during the term of this contract, which runs for one year, beginning February 1, 2012.

John Cronin

John Cronin, a member of our board of directors since August 9, 2011, is the founder, managing director and chairman of ipCapital Group, Inc., an intellectual property strategy firm. During 2011 and prior to his appointment as a director, we paid ipCapital approximately $50,000 for services aimed at accelerating the growth and commercialization of our IP portfolio.

On October 11, 2011, we entered into an engagement agreement with ipCapital that affords us the right to request ipCapital to perform up to eleven diverse services, employing its proprietary software and other processes and methodologies, to facilitate our ability to identify and extract from our current intellectual property base new inventions, potential patent applications, and marketing and licensing opportunities. We will decide in our sole discretion how many of these services, whose cost to us will range from $10,000 to $60,000 per service, to request. Should we request ipCapital to perform all of these services, the cost to us will aggregate $370,000, which we expect would be expended over a continuous period of seven to nine months. In addition to these fees, we issued ipCapital a five-year warrant to purchase up to 400,000 shares of our common stock at an initial price of $0.26 per share. The warrant will vest and become exercisable to the extent of 200,000 of these shares in three equal annual installments commencing on October 11, 2012, and to the extent of the remaining 200,000 shares, upon the completion to our satisfaction of all services that we have requested
 

ipCapital to perform on our behalf under the engagement agreement. We believe that these fees, together with the issuance of the warrant, constitute no greater compensation than we would be required to pay to an unaffiliated person for substantially similar services.

Between November 4, 2011 and January 20, 2012, we entered into three separate addendums to our agreement with ipCapital to provide us with additional services related to identifying and extracting additional new inventions, and to draft new invention disclosures, among other opportunities. Costs for these additional services will aggregate between $100,000 and $170,000; thus, should we utilize all the services set forth in our agreement with ipCapital, as amended, the aggregate cost will be $540,000.

As of December 31, 2011, we had requested ipCapital to perform four diverse services at an aggregate cost of $150,000. See Item 1 – Business - Intellectual Property for further information regarding our agreement with ipCapital.

Eldad Eilam

Eldad Eilam, a member of our board of directors since March 23, 2012, was appointed our Chief Technology Officer in July 2011, President and Chief Operating Officer in January 2012, Acting Chief Executive Officer in March 2012 and Interim Chief Executive Officer in April 2012. Prior to being appointed Chief Technology officer, Mr. Eilam was not an employee of our company but provided services to our company as an independent consultant for which services he was paid $157,672 and $65,610 during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Director Independence

The information set forth in Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K concerning director independence is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
 
Fees for professional services provided by Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

Category
 
2011
   
2010
 
Audit fees
  $ 160,400     $ 142,600  
Audit – related fees
           
Tax fees
    15,000       14,000  
Other fees
           
Totals
  $ 175,400     $ 156,600  

Audit fees include fees associated with our annual audit, the reviews of our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and assistance with and review of documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  Audit-related fees include consultations regarding revenue recognition rules, and new accounting pronouncements, and interpretations thereof, as they related to the financial reporting of certain transactions.  Tax fees included tax compliance and tax consultations.

The audit committee has adopted a policy that requires advance approval of all audit, audit-related, tax services and other services performed by our independent auditor.  The policy provides for pre-approval by the audit committee of specifically defined audit and non-audit services.  Unless the specific service has been previously pre-approved with respect to that year, the audit committee must approve the permitted service before the independent auditor is engaged to perform it.


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)  Financial Statements
 
Our financial statements as set forth in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are hereby incorporated by reference.
 
(b)  Exhibits
 
The following exhibits, which are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K, are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or, as noted, incorporated by reference herein:
 
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended (1)
3.2
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant (2)
4.1
Form of certificate evidencing shares of common stock of Registrant (3)
4.2
Form of Warrant issued on September 1, 2011 (4)
4.3
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated October 11, 2011 (5)
10.1
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Central United Life Insurance, dated as of October 24, 2003 (6)
10.2
Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement between Registrant and Central United Life Insurance, dated as of September 15, 2009 (2)
10.3
1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan of Registrant (7)
10.4
Supplemental Stock Option Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2000 (7)
10.5
2005 Equity Incentive Plan (8)
10.6
2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as Amended (9)
10.7*
Employment Agreement, dated February 11, 2000, by and between Registrant and William Swain (10)
10.8*
Employment Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, by and between Registrant and Eldad Eilam
10.9*
Director Severance Plan (11)
10.10*
Key Employee Severance Plan (11)
10.11
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 1, 2011 (4)
10.12
Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 1, 2011 (4)
10.13(a)
Engagement Agreement, dated October 11, 2011, by and between Registrant and ipCapital Group, Inc. (5)
10.13(b)
First Addendum to the Engagement Agreement by and between Registrant and ipCapital Group, Inc., dated as of November 7, 2011 (12)
10.13(c)
Second Addendum to the Engagement Agreement by and between Registrant and ipCapital Group, Inc., dated as of November 14, 2011 (12)
10.13(d)
Third Addendum to the Engagement Agreement by and between Registrant and ipCapital Group, Inc., dated as of January 20, 2012 (13)
10.14
Office Lease between Registrant and CA-Pruneyard Limited Partnership, dated as of December 19, 2011
10.15
Consulting Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, by and between Registrant and Steven Ledger/Tamalpais Partners LLC
14.1
Code of Ethics (7)
21.1
Subsidiaries of Registrant (14)
23.1
Consent of Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
31.1
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
32.1
Section 1350 Certifications
101
The following financial information from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

__________



*Compensatory Plan

(1)
Filed on April 2, 2007 as an exhibit to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference
(2)
Filed on March 31, 2010 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, and incorporated herein by reference
(3)
Filed on September 19, 1996 as an exhibit  to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11165), and incorporated herein by reference
(4)
Filed on September 8, 2011 as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference
(5)
Filed on October 13, 2011 as an exhibit to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference
(6)
Filed on March 30, 2004 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference
(7)
Filed on June 23, 2000 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-40174), and incorporated herein by reference
(8)
Filed on November 25, 2005 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2005 Annual Meeting, and incorporated herein by reference
(9)  Filed on September 29, 2011 as an exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-177069) and incorporated herein by reference
(10)
Filed on February 7, 2007 as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement to Form S-1 on Form SB-2 (File No. 333-124791), and incorporated herein by reference
(11)
Filed on November 14, 2011 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011, and incorporated herein by reference.
(12)
Filed on November 23, 2011 as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, and incorporated herein by reference
(13)
Filed on February 14, 2012 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference
(14)
Filed on March 31, 2009 as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, and incorporated herein by reference

(c)  Financial Statement Schedule
 
Not applicable for smaller reporting companies.
 


SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
   
GraphOn Corporation
       
April 16, 2012
 
By:
  /s/ Eldad Eilam
     
Eldad Eilam
     
Interim Chief Executive Officer

 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ Steven Ledger
 
Chairman of the Board
 
April 16, 2012
Steven Ledger
       
         
/s/ Eldad Eilam
 
Interim Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
 
April 16, 2012
Eldad Eilam
   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ William Swain
 
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
 
April 16, 2012
William Swain
   (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ John Cronin
 
Director
 
April 16, 2012
John Cronin
       
         
 /s/ August Klein    Director   April 16, 2012
August Klein        
         
/s/ Gordon Watson
 
Director
 
April 16, 2012
Gordon Watson
       
 
 





Exhibit 10.8
 
[GraphOn Letterhead]
 

 
June 30, 2011
 
Mr. Eldad Eilam
106 Rothschild Avenue #4
Tel-Aviv 65271
ISRAEL

Dear Eldad:

On behalf of GraphOn Corporation (“GraphOn”), I am pleased to offer you employment as Chief Technical Officer (“CTO”) of GraphOn, reporting to Bob Dilworth, CEO of GraphOn. As CTO, you will be responsible for the GraphOn engineering development team in the US, as well as the development engineer in Israel. Your compensation will be at a monthly rate of $20,833, which is annualized at a rate of $250,000. In addition, you will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to $50,000 based on achievement of mutually agreed upon goals and objectives. You will be entitled to three weeks’ vacation per year, which must be taken each year or forfeited. In addition, you will be eligible for the fringe benefits as outlined in our employee handbook. Your start date will be Friday, July 1, 2011.

We will supply and pay for the required legal help needed to obtain your L 1 vise and subsequent green card. Additionally, we will pay reasonable costs of your relocation expenses from Israel to California. When the costs of your relocation and legal expenses are known, or can be reasonably estimated, you agree to sign a promissory note for that amount of money, which will be forgiven by GraphOn effective December 31, 2012, after completion of eighteen (18) months of service. In the event your employment is terminated without cause prior to that date, the note will be forgiven at that earlier time.

Additionally, we will be working with the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors to develop a separate stock option program for you that will be commensurate with your job title and responsibilities.

You understand and agree that this letter does not constitute a contract for employment for any specific period of time, but constitutes an “employment at will” relationship so that your employment may be terminated at any time by GraphOn without cause. In the event of such termination, you will be given (90) days’ prior notice and you agree to give GraphOn the same ninety (90) days’ notice should you decide to terminate your employment with GraphOn.

Your employment pursuant to this offer is contingent on you signing a continuing Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, covering the ownership of any intellectual property developed by you as well as your confidentiality obligations to GraphOn.

The provisions of this letter represent the full and complete agreement between you and GraphOn on the terms of your employment with GraphOn. These terms can only be modified in writing signed by both you and GraphOn’s CEO.
We hope that you will accept our offer of employment and we look forward to having you as part of the GraphOn team.

Sincerely,


/s/ William Swain                                 
William Swain, CFO


I accept the offer of employment above.


/s/ Eldad Eilam                                             7/01/11                       
Eldad Eilam                                                 Date






 
Exhibit 10.14

OFFICE LEASE
 
This Office Lease (this “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1.1 , is made by and between CA-PRUNEYARD LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and GRAPHON CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).  The following exhibits are incorporated herein and made a part hereof:   Exhibit A (Outline of Premises); Exhibit B (Work Letter); Exhibit B-1 (Scope of Work); Exhibit C (Form of Confirmation Letter); Exhibit D (Rules and Regulations); Exhibit E (Judicial Reference); Exhibit F (Additional Provisions); and Exhibit G (Asbestos Notification).
 
BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
 
1.1           Date:
December 19, 2011
1.2           Premises.
 
1.2.1           “ Building ”:
1901 S. Bascom Avenue, Campbell, California 95008, commonly known as Pruneyard Tower I.
1.2.2           “ Premises ”:
Subject to Section 2.1.1 , 4,413 rentable square feet of space located on the 6 th floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 660, the outline and location of which is set forth in Exhibit A .  If the Premises includes any floor in its entirety, all corridors and restroom facilities located on such floor shall be considered part of the Premises.
1.2.3           “ Property ”:
The Building, the parcel(s) of land upon which it is located, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any parking facilities and other improvements serving the Building and the parcel(s) of land upon which such parking facilities and other improvements are located.
1.2.4           “ Project ”:
The Property or, at Landlord’s discretion, any project containing the Property and any other land, buildings or other improvements.
1.3Term
 
1.3.1           Term:
The term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date (or any earlier date on which this Lease is terminated as provided herein).
1.3.2          “ Commencement Date ”:
The earlier of (i) the first date on which Tenant conducts business in the Premises pursuant to this Lease, or (ii) the later of (a) date on which the Premises is Ready for Occupancy (defined in Exhibit B ), or (b) March 1, 2012.
1.3.3          “ Expiration Date ”:
The last day of the 64 th full calendar month commencing on or after the Commencement Date.

Period During
Term
 
Monthly Base Rent Per Rentable Square Foot (rounded to the nearest 100th of a dollar)
   
Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
 
Commencement Date through last day of 12 th full calendar month of Term
  $ 2.58     $ 11,385.54  
13 th through 24 th full calendar months of Term
  $ 2.66     $ 11,727.11  

 
 

 


25 th through 36 th full calendar months of Term
  $ 2.74     $ 12,078.92  
37 th through 48 th full calendar months of Term
  $ 2.82     $ 12,441.29  
49 th through 60 th full calendar months of Term
  $ 2.90     $ 12,814.53  
61 st full calendar month of Term through Expiration Date
  $ 2.99     $ 13,198.97  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Default (defined in Section 19.1 ) exists, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Base Rent, in the amount of $11,385.54 per month, for the first four (4) full calendar months of the Term.

1.5    “ Base Year ” for Expenses:
 
Calendar year 2012.
          “ Base Year   for Taxes:
Calendar year 2012.
1.6    “ Tenant’s Share ”:
 
3.7321% (based upon a total of 118,245 rentable square feet in the Building), subject to Section 2.1.1 .
1.7    “ Permitted Use ”:
General office use consistent with a first-class office building; provided that in no event shall the Premises, or any portion of the Premises, be used for the operation of an executive suite of offices, an executive suites business center, or any business competing directly therewith.
1.8.   “ Security Deposit ”:
$26,397.94, as more particularly described in Section 21 .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Default occurs on or before the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, then, upon written request from Tenant delivered not earlier than such anniversary:  (a) the amount of the Security Deposit shall be reduced to $13,198.97, and (b) Landlord, within 30 days after such request, shall return to Tenant the portion of the Security Deposit exceeding such reduced amount; provided, however, that no such reduction shall occur and no such return shall be required if a Default occurs before the earlier of (i) the date on which such return occurs, or (ii) or the date occurring 30 days after such request.
Prepaid Base Rent:
$11,385.54, as more particularly described in Section 3 .
1.9       Parking:
 
15 unreserved parking spaces, at the rate of $0.00 per space per month, as such rate may be adjusted from time to time to reflect Landlord’s then current rates.
Zero (0) reserved parking spaces, at the rate of $N/A per space per month.

 
2

 


1.10Address of Tenant:
Before the Commencement Date :
 
5400 Soquel Avenue, Suite A2
Santa Cruz, CA 95062
From and after the Commencement Date :  the Premises.
1.11Address of Landlord:
 
CA-Pruneyard Limited Partnership
c/o Equity Office
1875 S. Bascom Avenue, Suite 2440
Campbell, California  95008
Attention:  Pruneyard Property Manager
 
with copies to :
 
Equity Office
2655 Campus Drive, Suite 100
San Mateo, CA  94403
Attn:  Managing Counsel
 
and
 
Equity Office
Two North Riverside Plaza
Suite 2100
Chicago, IL  60606
Attn:  Lease Administration
1.12     Broker(s):
Grubb & Ellis Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant’s Broker ”), representing Tenant, and Cassidy Turley Northern California, Inc., a California corporation (“ Landlord’s Broker ”), representing Landlord.
 
1.13     Building HVAC Hours and Holidays:
 
 
 
Building HVAC Hours ” mean 8:00 a.m. to 6:00   p.m. , Monday through Friday, excluding the day of observation of New Year’s Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and, at Landlord’s discretion, any other locally or nationally recognized holiday that is observed by other buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (collectively, “ Holidays ”).
 
1.14     “ Transfer Radius ”:
None.
1.15     “ Tenant Improvements ”:
Defined in Exhibit B , if any.
1.16     “ Guarantor ”:
As of the date hereof, there is no Guarantor.

2   PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS.
 
2.1   The Premises .
 
2.1.1   Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the rentable square footage of the Premises is as set forth in Section 1.2.2 and the rentable square footage of the Building is as set forth in Section 1.6 ; provided, however, that Landlord may from time to time re-measure the Premises and/or the Building in accordance with any generally accepted measurement standards selected by Landlord and adjust Tenant’s Share based on such re-measurement; provided further, however, that any such re-measurement shall not affect the amount of Base Rent payable for, the determination of Tenant’s Share with respect to, or the amount of any tenant allowance applicable to, the initial Term.  Within 60 days after the Commencement Date Landlord shall, and at any time thereafter Landlord may, deliver to Tenant a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit C , as a confirmation of the information set forth therein.  Tenant shall execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably
 

 
3

 

object to) such notice within five (5) days after receiving it, and if Tenant fails to do so, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.
 
2.1.2   Except as expressly provided herein, the Premises is accepted by Tenant in its condition and configuration existing on the date hereof, without any obligation of Landlord to perform or pay for any alterations to the Premises, and without any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or their suitability for Tenant’s business.
 
2.2   Common Areas .  Tenant may use, in common with Landlord and other parties and subject to the Rules and Regulations (defined in Exhibit D ), any portions of the Property that are designated from time to time by Landlord for such use (the “ Common Areas ”).
 
3   RENT .  Tenant shall pay all Base Rent and Additional Rent (defined below) (collectively, “ Rent ”) to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, without prior notice or demand or any setoff or deduction, at the place Landlord may designate from time to time.  As used herein, “ Additional Rent ” means all amounts, other than Base Rent, that Tenant is required to pay Landlord hereunder.  Monthly payments of Base Rent and monthly payments of Additional Rent for Expenses (defined in Section 4.2.2 ), Taxes (defined in Section 4.2.3 ) and, if applicable, parking (collectively, “ Monthly Rent ”) shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term; provided, however, that the installment of Base Rent for the first full calendar month for which Base Rent is payable hereunder shall be paid upon Tenant’s execution and delivery hereof.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all other items of Additional Rent shall be paid within 30 days after Landlord’s request for payment.  Rent for any partial calendar month shall be prorated based on the actual number of days in such month.  Without limiting Landlord’s other rights or remedies, (a) if any installment of Rent is not received by Landlord or its designee within five (5) business days after its due date, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to 5% of the overdue amount; and (b) any Rent that is not paid within 10 days after its due date shall bear interest, from its due date until paid, at the lesser of 18% per annum or the highest rate permitted by Law (defined in Section 5 ).  Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent is independent of every other covenant herein.
 
EXPENSES AND TAXES.
 
4.1   General Terms .  In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay, in accordance with Section 4.4 , for each Expense Year (defined in Section 4.2.1 ), an amount equal to the sum of (a) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “ Expense Excess ”) by which Expenses for such Expense Year exceed Expenses for the Base Year, plus (b) Tenant’s Share of any amount (the “ Tax Excess ”) by which Taxes for such Expense Year exceed Taxes for the Base Year.  No decrease in Expenses or Taxes for any Expense Year below the corresponding amount for the Base Year shall entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against amounts due hereunder.  Tenant’s Share of the Expense Excess and Tenant’s Share of the Tax Excess for any partial Expense Year shall be prorated based on the number of days in such Expense Year.
 
4.2   Definitions .  As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:
 
4.2.1   Expense Year ” means each calendar year (other than the Base Year and any preceding calendar year) in which any portion of the Term occurs.
 
4.2.2   Expenses ” means all expenses, costs and amounts that Landlord pays or accrues during the Base Year or any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Property.  Landlord shall act in a reasonable manner in incurring Expenses.  Expenses shall include (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm-drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, the cost of contesting any Laws that may affect Expenses, and the costs of complying with any governmentally-mandated transportation-management or similar program; (iii) the costs of all insurance premiums and the costs of all repairs covered by insurance deductibles; (iv) the cost of landscaping and relamping; (v) the cost of parking-area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) a management fee in the amount (which is hereby acknowledged to be reasonable) of 3% of gross annual receipts from the Building (excluding the management fee), together with other fees and costs, including consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Property; (vii) payments under any equipment-rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation, expenses and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Property, and costs of training, uniforms, and employee enrichment for such persons; (ix) the costs of operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment (and components thereof) of the Property; (x) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in Common Areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xi) rental or acquisition costs of supplies, tools, equipment, materials and personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Property; (xii) the
 

 
4

 

cost of capital improvements or any other items that are (A) intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Property, reduce current or future Expenses, or enhance the safety or security of the Property or its occupants, (B) replacements or modifications of the nonstructural portions of the Base Building (defined in Section 7 ) or Common Areas that are required to keep the Base Building or Common Areas in good condition, or (C) required under any Law that is enacted, or first interpreted to apply to the Property, after the date hereof; (xiii) the cost of tenant-relation programs reasonably established by Landlord; and (xiv) payments under any existing or future reciprocal easement agreement, transportation management agreement, cost-sharing agreement or other covenant, condition, restriction or similar instrument affecting the Property.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Expenses shall not include:
 
(a) capital expenditures not described in clauses (xi) or (xii) above (in addition, any capital expenditure shall be included in Expenses only if paid or accrued after the Base Year and shall be amortized (including actual or imputed interest on the amortized cost) over the lesser of (i) the useful life of the item purchased through such capital expenditure, as reasonably determined by Landlord, or (ii) the period of time that Landlord reasonably estimates will be required for any Expense savings resulting from such capital expenditure to equal such capital expenditure; provided, however, that any capital expenditure that is included in Expenses solely on the grounds that it is intended to reduce current or future Expenses shall be so amortized over the period of time described in the preceding clause (ii));
 
(b) depreciation;
 
(c) principal payments of mortgage or other non-operating debts of Landlord;
 
(d) costs of repairs to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds;
 
(e) except as provided in clause (xiii) above, costs of leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants;
 
(f) costs of selling, financing or refinancing the Building;
 
(g) fines, penalties or interest resulting from late payment of Taxes or Expenses;
 
(h) organizational expenses of creating or operating the entity that constitutes Landlord;
 
(i) damages paid to Tenant hereunder or to other tenants of the Building under their respective leases;
 
(j) amounts (other than management fees) paid to Landlord’s affiliates for services, but only to the extent such amounts exceed the prices charged for such services by parties having similar skill and experience;
 
(k) costs resulting from any violations of Law, negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors;
 
(l) attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with tenants or other occupants of the Building;
 
(m) costs of services or benefits made available to other tenants of the Building but not to Tenant;
 
(n) costs of curing defects in design or original construction of the Property;
 
(o) reserves;
 
(p) bad debt expenses;
 
(q) costs of cleaning up Hazardous Materials, except for routine cleanup performed as part of the ordinary operation and maintenance of the Property (as used herein, “Hazardous Materials” means any material now or hereafter defined or regulated by any Law or governmental authority as radioactive, toxic, hazardous, or waste, or a chemical known to the state of California to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, including (1) petroleum and any of its constituents or byproducts, (2) radioactive materials, (3) asbestos in any form or condition, and (4) materials regulated by any of the following, as amended from time to time, and any rules promulgated thereunder:  the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601, et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; The
 

 
5

 

California Health and Safety Code; The California Water Code; The California Labor Code; The California Public Resources Code; and The California Fish and Game Code.);
 
(r) Parking Expenses (defined below), except to the extent Parking Expenses exceed parking revenues on an annual basis (as used herein, “ Parking Expenses ” means costs of operating, maintaining and repairing the Parking Facility, including costs of parking equipment, tickets, supplies, signs, cleaning, resurfacing, restriping, parking-garage management fees, and the wages, salaries, employee benefits and taxes for individuals working exclusively in the Parking Facility; provided, however, that Parking Expenses shall exclude (i) capital expenses, and (ii) costs of electricity, janitorial service, elevator maintenance and insurance); or
 
(s) expenses (other than Parking Expenses (defined below)) of operating any commercial concession at the Project.
 
If, during any portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, the Building is not 100% occupied (or a service provided by Landlord to tenants of the Building generally is not provided by Landlord to a tenant that provides such service itself, or any tenant of the Building is entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like), Expenses for such year shall be determined as if the Building had been 100% occupied (and all services provided by Landlord to tenants of the Building generally had been provided by Landlord to all tenants, and no tenant of the Building had been entitled to free rent, rent abatement or the like) during such portion of such year.  If insurance, security or utility costs for any Expense Year are less than insurance, security or utility costs, respectively, for the Base Year, then, for purposes of determining Expenses for such Expense Year, such costs for such Expense Year shall be deemed to be increased so as to be equal to such corresponding costs for the Base Year.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Expenses for the Base Year shall exclude (a) any market-wide cost increases resulting from extraordinary circumstances, including Force Majeure (defined in Section 25.2 ), boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, and (b) at Landlord’s option, the cost of any repair or replacement that Landlord reasonably expects will not recur on an annual or more frequent basis.
 
4.2.3    “ Taxes ” means all federal, state, county or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges, assessments, levies, licenses or other impositions, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, that are paid or accrued during the Base Year or any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of the Property.  Taxes shall include (a) real estate taxes; (b) general and special assessments; (c) transit taxes; (d) leasehold taxes; (e) personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Property; (f) any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from any portion of the Property or as against the business of leasing any portion of the Property; (g) any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge imposed by any governmental agency, or by any non-governmental entity pursuant to any private cost-sharing agreement, in order to fund the provision or enhancement of any fire-protection, street-, sidewalk- or road-maintenance, refuse-removal or other service that is (or, before the enactment of Proposition 13, was) normally provided by governmental agencies to property owners or occupants without charge (other than through real property taxes); and (h) [Intentionally Omitted].  Any costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Taxes shall be included in Taxes for the year in which they are incurred.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Taxes shall be determined without regard to any “green building” credit and shall exclude (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Property), (ii) any Expenses, (iii) any items required to be paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 ; and (iv) any special taxes or assessments imposed as a means of financing capital improvements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord receives a “green building” credit against Taxes for any Expense Year as a result, in whole or in part, of Landlord’s incurrence of any amount(s) included in Expenses for any Expense Year(s) (collectively, the “ Tenant-Paid Cost ”), then, to the extent such credit is fairly attributable to the Tenant-Paid Cost, Taxes for such Expense Year shall be reduced by the lesser of (x) the amount of such credit, or (y) the Tenant-Paid Cost.
 
4.3   Allocation .  Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, may equitably allocate Expenses among office, retail or other portions or occupants of the Property.  If Landlord incurs Expenses or Taxes for the Property together with another property, Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall equitably allocate such shared amounts between the Property and such other property.
 
4.4   Calculation and Payment of Expense Excess and Tax Excess .
 
4.4.1   Statement of Actual Expenses and Taxes; Payment by Tenant .  Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant, after the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) setting forth the actual Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess and Tax Excess for such Expense Year.  If the amount paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to Section 4.4.2 is less or more than the sum of Tenant’s
 

 
6

 

Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Statement), Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after delivery of such Statement.  Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver the Statement for any Expense Year shall not diminish either party’s rights under this Section 4 .
 
4.4.2   Statement of Estimated Expenses and Taxes .  Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant, for each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimates of the Expenses, Taxes, Expense Excess (the “ Estimated Expense Excess ”) and Tax Excess (the “ Estimated Tax Excess ”) for such Expense Year.  Upon receiving an Estimate Statement, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent, an amount equal to the excess of (a) the amount obtained by multiplying (i) the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess (as such amounts are set forth in such Estimate Statement), by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable Expense Year (including the month of such payment) and the denominator of which is 12, over (b) any amount previously paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to this Section 4.4.2 .  Until Landlord delivers a new Estimate Statement (which Landlord may do at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the sum of Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the Estimated Tax Excess, as such amounts are set forth in the previous Estimate Statement.  Any failure of Landlord to timely deliver any Estimate Statement shall not diminish Landlord’s rights to receive payments and revise any previous Estimate Statement under this Section 4 .
 
4.4.3   Retroactive Adjustment of Taxes .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if, after Landlord’s delivery of any Statement, an increase or decrease in Taxes occurs for the applicable Expense Year or for the Base Year (whether by reason of reassessment, error, or otherwise), Taxes for such Expense Year or the Base Year, as the case may be, and the Tax Excess for such Expense Year shall be retroactively adjusted.  If, as a result of such adjustment, it is determined that Tenant has under- or overpaid Tenant’s Share of such Tax Excess, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent then or next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within 30 days after such adjustment is made.
 
4.5   Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .   Tenant shall pay, 10 days before delinquency, any taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in or about the Premises.  If any such taxes are levied against Landlord or its property (or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or other personal property of Tenant), Landlord may pay such taxes (or such increased assessment) regardless of their (or its) validity, in which event Tenant, upon demand, shall repay to Landlord the amount so paid.  If the Leasehold Improvements (defined in Section 7.1 ) are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, the Taxes levied against Landlord or the Property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed taxes levied against Tenant’s personal property for purposes of this Section 4.5 .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant shall pay, 10 days before delinquency, (i) any rent tax, sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other tax respecting the rent or services described herein or otherwise respecting this transaction or this Lease (including  any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge allocable or measured by the area of the Premises or by the Rent payable hereunder, including any business, gross income, gross receipts, sales or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such Rent); and (ii) any taxes assessed upon the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of any portion of the Property.
 
4.6   Books and Records .  Within 60 days after receiving any Statement (the “ Review Notice Period ”), Tenant may give Landlord notice (“ Review Notice ”) stating that Tenant elects to review Landlord’s calculation of the Expense Excess and/or Tax Excess for the Expense Year to which such Statement applies and identifying with reasonable specificity the records of Landlord reasonably relating to such matters that Tenant desires to review.  Within a reasonable time after receiving a timely Review Notice (and, at Landlord’s option, an executed confidentiality agreement as described below), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, or make available for inspection at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, copies of such records.  Within 60 days after such records are made available to Tenant (the “ Objection Period ”), Tenant may deliver to Landlord notice (an “ Objection Notice ”) stating with reasonable specificity any objections to the Statement, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall work together in
 

 
7

 

good faith to resolve Tenant’s objections.  Tenant may not deliver more than one Review Notice or more than one Objection Notice with respect to any Expense Year.  If Tenant fails to give Landlord a Review Notice before the expiration of the Review Notice Period or fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Statement.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Landlord shall not be required to deliver or make available to Tenant records relating to the Base Year, and Tenant may not object to Expenses or Taxes for the Base Year, other than in connection with the first review for an Expense Year performed by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.6 .  If Tenant retains an agent to review Landlord’s records, the agent must be with a CPA firm licensed to do business in the State of California and its fees shall not be contingent, in whole or in part, upon the outcome of the review.  Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such review; provided, however, that if Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Expenses and Taxes for the Expense Year in question was overstated by more than 5%, Landlord, within 30 days after receiving paid invoices therefor from Tenant, shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable amounts paid by Tenant to third parties in connection with such review (not to exceed $5,000.00).  The records and any related information obtained from Landlord shall be treated as confidential, and as applicable only to the Premises, by Tenant, its auditors, consultants, and any other parties reviewing the same on behalf of Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant’s Auditors ”).  Before making any records available for review, Landlord may require Tenant and Tenant’s Auditors to execute a reasonable confidentiality agreement, in which event Tenant shall cause the same to be executed and delivered to Landlord within 30 days after receiving it from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, the Objection Period shall be reduced by one day for each day by which such execution and delivery follows the expiration of such 30-day period.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant may not examine Landlord’s records or dispute any Statement if any Rent remains unpaid past its due date.  If, for any Expense Year, Landlord and Tenant determine that the sum of Tenant’s Share of the actual Expense Excess plus Tenant’s Share of the actual Tax Excess is less or more than the amount reported, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of its overpayment against Rent then or next due hereunder, or pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment with the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of its overpayment (less any Rent due), or Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, within 30 days after such determination.
 
5   USE ; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.   Tenant shall not (a) use the Premises for any purpose other than the Permitted Use, or (b) do anything in or about the Premises that violates any of the Rules and Regulations, damages the reputation of the Project, unreasonably interferes with, injures or annoys other occupants of the Building, or constitutes a nuisance.  Subject to Exhibit B , Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Laws relating to (i) the operation of its business at the Project, (ii) the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises, or (iii) the Building systems located in or exclusively serving the Premises; provided, however, that nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to require Tenant to make any change to any Common Area, the Building structure, or any Building system located outside of and not exclusively serving the Premises.  If, in order to comply with any such Law, Tenant must obtain or deliver any permit, certificate or other document evidencing such compliance, Tenant shall provide a copy of such document to Landlord promptly after obtaining or delivering it.  If a change to any Common Area, the Building structure, or any Building system located outside of and not exclusively serving the Premises becomes required under Law (or if any such requirement is enforced) as a result of any Tenant-Insured Improvement (defined in Section 10.2.2 ), the installation of any trade fixture, or any use of the Premises other than general office use, then, subject to Exhibit B , Tenant, upon demand, shall (x) at Landlord’s option, either make such change at Tenant’s cost or pay Landlord the cost of making such change, and (y) pay Landlord a coordination fee equal to 10% of the cost of such change.  As used herein, “ Law ” means any existing or future law, ordinance, regulation or requirement of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project or the parties.
 
6   SERVICES.
 
6.1   Standard Services .  Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below):  (a) subject to limitations imposed by Law, customary heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) in season (“ Building HVAC Service ”) during Building HVAC Hours; (b) electricity supplied by the applicable public utility, stubbed to the Premises; (c) hot and cold water supplied by the applicable public utility (i) for use in lavatories and any drinking facilities located in Common Areas within the Building, and (ii) stubbed to the Building core for use in any plumbing fixtures located in the Premises; (d) janitorial services to the Premises, except on weekends and Holidays; and (e) elevator service (subject to scheduling by Landlord, and payment of Landlord’s standard usage fee, for any freight service).
 
6.2   Above-Standard Use .  Landlord shall provide Building HVAC Service outside Building HVAC Hours if Tenant gives Landlord such prior notice and pays Landlord such hourly cost per zone as Landlord may require.  The parties acknowledge that, as of the date hereof, Landlord’s charge for Building HVAC Service outside Building Hours is $55.00 per hour per zone, subject to change from time to time.  Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use equipment that may affect the
 

 
8

 

temperature maintained by the air conditioning system or consume above-Building-standard amounts of any water furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 .  If Tenant’s consumption of electricity or water exceeds the rate Landlord reasonably deems to be standard for the Building, Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon billing, the cost of such excess consumption, including any costs of installing (subject to Exhibit B ), operating and maintaining any equipment that is installed in order to supply or measure such excess electricity or water.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, any consumption of electricity in a computer server room shall be deemed to exceed the standard rate for the Building.  The connected electrical load of Tenant’s incidental-use equipment shall not exceed the Building-standard electrical design load, and Tenant’s electrical usage shall not exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation.
 
6.3   Interruption .  Any failure to furnish, delay in furnishing, or diminution in the quality or quantity of any service resulting from any application of Law, failure of equipment, performance of maintenance, repairs, improvements or alterations, utility interruption, or event of Force Majeure (each, a “ Service Interruption ”) shall not render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or a material portion of the Premises is made untenantable or inaccessible for more than five (5) consecutive business days after notice from Tenant to Landlord by a Service Interruption that Landlord can correct through reasonable efforts, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy, Monthly Rent shall abate for the period beginning on the day immediately following such 5-business-day period and ending on the day such Service Interruption ends, but only in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises made untenantable or inaccessible.
 
7   REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS.
 
7.1   Repairs .  Subject to Section 11 , Tenant, at its expense, shall perform all maintenance and repairs (including replacements) to the Premises, and keep the Premises in as good condition and repair as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, except for reasonable wear and tear and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder.  Tenant’s maintenance and repair obligations shall include (a) all leasehold improvements in the Premises, whenever and by whomever installed or paid for, including any Tenant Improvements, any Alterations (defined in Section 7.2 ), and any leasehold improvements installed pursuant to any prior lease, but excluding the Base Building (the “ Leasehold Improvements ”); (b) all supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning units, kitchens (including hot water heaters, dishwashers, garbage disposals, insta-hot dispensers, and plumbing) and similar facilities exclusively serving Tenant, whether located inside or outside of the Premises, and whenever and by whomever installed or paid for; and (c) all Lines (defined in Section 23 ).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, at its option, perform such maintenance and repairs on Tenant’s behalf, in which case Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such work plus a coordination fee equal to 10% of such cost.  Landlord shall perform all maintenance and repairs to (i) the roof and exterior walls and windows of the Building, (ii) the Base Building, and (iii) the Common Areas.  As used herein, “ Base Building ” means the structural portions of the Building, together with all mechanical (including HVAC), electrical, plumbing and fire/life-safety systems serving the Building in general, whether located inside or outside of the Premises.
 
7.2   Alterations .  Tenant may not make any improvement, alteration, addition or change to the Premises or to any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or other systems serving the Premises (an “ Alteration ”) without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than 30 days before commencement of work and shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s prior consent shall not be required for any Alteration that is decorative only ( e.g., carpet installation or painting) and not visible from outside the Premises, provided that Landlord receives 10 business days’ prior notice.  For any Alteration, (a) Tenant, before commencing work, shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval of, plans and specifications; (b) Landlord, in its discretion, may require Tenant to obtain security for performance satisfactory to Landlord; (c) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” drawings (in CAD format, if requested by Landlord), completion affidavits, full and final lien waivers, and all governmental approvals; and (d) Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand (i) Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in reviewing the work, and (ii) a coordination fee equal to 10% of the cost of the work; provided, however, that this clause (d) shall not apply to any Tenant Improvements.
 
7.3   Tenant Work .  Before commencing any repair or Alteration (“ Tenant Work ”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, and obtain Landlord’s approval of, (a) names of contractors, subcontractors, mechanics, laborers and materialmen; (b) evidence of contractors’ and subcontractors’ insurance; and (c) any required governmental permits.  Tenant shall perform all Tenant Work (i) in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord; (ii) in compliance with any approved plans and specifications, all Laws, the National Electric Code, and Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; and (iii) in a manner that does not impair the Base Building.  If, as a result of any Tenant Work, Landlord becomes required under Law to perform any inspection, give any
 

 
9

 

notice, or cause such Tenant Work to be performed in any particular manner, Tenant shall comply with such requirement and promptly provide Landlord with reasonable documentation of such compliance.  Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications shall not relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Section 7.3 .  In performing any Tenant Work, Tenant shall not use contractors, services, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with any workforce or trades engaged in performing other work or services at the Project.
 
8   LANDLORD’S PROPERTY.   All Leasehold Improvements shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Tenant-Insured Improvements are not, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Building-standard, then before the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election, either (a) at Tenant’s expense, and except as otherwise notified by Landlord, remove such Tenant-Insured Improvements (other than the Excluded Items (defined below)), repair any resulting damage to the Premises or Building, and restore the affected portion of the Premises to its condition existing before the installation of such Tenant-Insured Improvements (or, at Landlord’s election, to a Building-standard tenant-improved condition as determined by Landlord), or (b) pay Landlord an amount equal to the estimated cost of such work, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  If Tenant fails to timely perform any work required under clause (a) of the preceding sentence, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s expense.  As used herein, “ Excluded Items ” means the Tenant Improvements described with reasonable specificity on the Approved Space Plan (defined in Section 2.3 of Exhibit B ).
 
9   LIENS .   Tenant shall keep the Project free from any lien arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligation incurred by or on behalf of Tenant.  Tenant shall remove any such lien within 10 business days after notice from Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord, without limiting its remedies, may pay the amount necessary to cause such removal, whether or not such lien is valid.  The amount so paid, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, shall be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand.
 
10   INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE.
 
10.1   Waiver and Indemnification .   Tenant waives all claims against Landlord, its Security Holders (defined in Section 17 ), Landlord’s managing agent(s), their (direct or indirect) owners, and the beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (including Landlord, the “ Landlord Parties ”) for (i) any damage to person or property (or resulting from the loss of use thereof), except to the extent such damage is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party, or (ii) any failure to prevent or control any criminal or otherwise wrongful conduct by any third party or to apprehend any third party who has engaged in such conduct.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from any obligation, loss, claim, action, liability, penalty, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) (each, a “ Claim ”) that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from (a) any cause in, on or about the Premises, (b) occupancy of the Premises by, or any negligence or willful misconduct of, Tenant, any party claiming by, through or under Tenant, their (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, or (c) any breach by Tenant of any representation, covenant or other term contained herein, except to the extent such Claim arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party.  Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Tenant, its (direct or indirect) owners, and their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees and agents (including Tenant, the “ Tenant Parties ”) harmless from any Claim that is imposed or asserted by any third party and arises from (a) any negligence or willful misconduct of any Landlord Party, or (b) any breach by Landlord of any representation, covenant or other term contained herein, except to the extent such Claim arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of any Tenant Party.
 
10.2   Tenant’s Insurance .   Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts:
 
10.2.1   Commercial General Liability Insurance covering claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations and contractual liabilities, including coverage formerly known as broad form, on an occurrence basis, with combined primary and excess/umbrella limits of $3,000,000 each occurrence and $4,000,000 annual aggregate.
 
10.2.2   Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property in the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, and (ii) any Leasehold Improvements installed by or for the benefit of Tenant, whether pursuant to this Lease or pursuant to any prior lease or other agreement to which Tenant was a party (“ Tenant-Insured Improvements ”).  Such insurance shall be written on a special cause of loss form for physical loss or damage, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items
 

 
10

 

and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance, and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril, including vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of one year.
 
10.2.3   Workers’ Compensation statutory limits and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000.
 
10.3   Form of Policies .  The minimum limits of insurance required to be carried by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s liability.  Such insurance shall be issued by an insurance company that has an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII and shall be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance shall (a) name the Landlord Parties and any other party designated by Landlord (“ Additional Insured Parties ”) as additional insureds; and (b) be primary insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and non-contributing with Tenant’s insurance.  Landlord shall be designated as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements.  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Commencement Date and at least 15 days before the expiration dates thereof, certificates from Tenant’s insurance company on the forms currently designated “ACORD 25” (Certificate of Liability Insurance) and “ACORD 28” (Evidence of Commercial Property Insurance) or the equivalent.  Attached to the ACORD 25 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement naming the Additional Insured Parties as additional insureds, and attached to the ACORD 28 (or equivalent) there shall be an endorsement designating Landlord as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements, and each such endorsement shall be binding on Tenant’s insurance company.  Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, in lieu of such certificates, copies of the policies of insurance required to be carried under Section 10.2 showing that the Additional Insured Parties are named as additional insureds and that Landlord is designated as a loss payee with respect to Tenant’s Property Insurance on any Tenant-Insured Improvements.
 
10.4   Subrogation .  Each party waives, and shall cause its insurance carrier to waive, any right of recovery against the other party, any of its (direct or indirect) owners, or any of their respective beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees or agents for any loss of or damage to property which loss or damage is (or, if the insurance required hereunder had been carried, would have been) covered by property insurance.  For purposes of this Section 10.4 only, (a) any deductible with respect to a party’s insurance shall be deemed covered by, and recoverable by such party under, valid and collectable policies of insurance, and (b) any contractor retained by Landlord to install, maintain or monitor a fire or security alarm for the Building shall be deemed an agent of Landlord.
 
10.5   Additional Insurance Obligations .  Tenant shall maintain such increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Section 10 , and such other types and amounts of insurance covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but not in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.
 
10.6   Landlord’s Insurance .  Landlord shall maintain the following insurance, together with such other insurance coverage as Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, may elect to maintain, the premiums of which shall be included in Expenses:  (a) Commercial General Liability insurance applicable to the Property, Building and Common Areas providing, on an occurrence basis, a minimum combined single limit of at least $3,000,000.00; (b) Special Cause of Loss Insurance on the Building at replacement cost value as reasonably estimated by Landlord; (c) Worker’s Compensation insurance to the extent required by Law; and (d) Employers Liability Coverage to the extent required by Law.
 
11  CASUALTY DAMAGE .   With reasonable promptness after discovering any damage to the Premises (excluding trade fixtures), or to the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises, resulting from any fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time required to substantially complete repair of such damage (the “ Landlord Repairs ”).  If, according to such estimate, the Landlord Repairs cannot be substantially completed within 210 days after they are commenced, either party may terminate this Lease upon 60 days’ notice to the other party delivered within 10 days after Landlord’s delivery of such estimate.  Within 90 days after discovering any damage to the Project resulting from any Casualty, Landlord may, whether or not the Premises is affected, terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant if (i) any Security Holder terminates any ground lease or requires that any insurance proceeds be used to pay any mortgage debt; (ii) any damage to Landlord’s property is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iii) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that it or they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; (iv) the damage occurs during the last 12 months of the Term; or (v) any owner, other than Landlord, of any damaged portion of the Project does not intend to repair such damage.  If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Section 11 , Landlord shall promptly and diligently perform the Landlord Repairs, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment and other events of Force Majeure.  The
 

 
11

 

Landlord Repairs shall restore the Premises (excluding trade fixtures) and the Common Areas necessary for access to the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed when the Casualty occurred, except for (a) any modifications required by Law or any Security Holder, and (b) any modifications to the Common Areas that are deemed desirable by Landlord, are consistent with the character of the Project, and do not materially impair access to the Premises.  Notwithstanding Section 10.4 , Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or its designee) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.2 with respect to any Tenant-Insured Improvements, and if the estimated or actual cost of restoring any Tenant-Insured Improvements exceeds the insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, Tenant shall pay such excess to Landlord within 15 days after Landlord’s demand.  No Casualty and no restoration performed as required hereunder shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder; provided, however, that if the Premises (other than trade fixtures) or any Common Area necessary for Tenant’s access to the Premises is damaged by a Casualty, then, during any time that, as a result of such damage, any portion of the Premises is untenantable or inaccessible and is not occupied by Tenant, Monthly Rent shall be abated in proportion to the rentable square footage of such portion of the Premises.
 
12   NONWAIVER .   No provision hereof shall be deemed waived by either party unless it is waived by such party expressly and in writing, and no waiver of any breach of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof.  Landlord’s acceptance of Rent shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding breach of any provision hereof, other than Tenant’s failure to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of such acceptance.  No acceptance of payment of an amount less than the Rent due hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount of Rent due, whether or not any endorsement or statement accompanying such payment purports to effect an accord and satisfaction.  No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the giving of any notice, the commencement of any suit, the issuance of any final judgment, or the termination hereof shall affect such notice, suit or judgment, or reinstate or extend the Term or Tenant’s right of possession hereunder.
 
13   CONDEMNATION .   If any part of the Premises, Building or Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use by power of eminent domain or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ”) for more than 180 consecutive days, Landlord may terminate this Lease.  If more than 25% of the rentable square footage of the Premises is Taken, or access to the Premises is substantially impaired as a result of a Taking, for more than 180 consecutive days, Tenant may terminate this Lease.  Any such termination shall be effective as of the date possession must be surrendered to the authority, and the terminating party shall provide termination notice to the other party within 45 days after receiving written notice of such surrender date.  Except as provided above in this Section 13 , neither party may terminate this Lease as a result of a Taking.  Tenant shall not assert any claim for compensation because of any Taking; provided, however, that Tenant may file a separate claim for any Taking of Tenant’s personal property or any fixtures that Tenant is entitled to remove upon the expiration hereof, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord or any Security Holder and is payable separately to Tenant.  If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 13 , all Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination.  If a Taking occurs and this Lease is not so terminated, Monthly Rent shall be abated for the period of such Taking in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises, if any, that is subject to, or rendered inaccessible by, such Taking.
 
14   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.
 
14.1   Transfers .  Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment or other transfer hereof or any interest hereunder by operation of law, enter into any sublease or license agreement, otherwise permit the occupancy or use of any part of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors, or permit a Change of Control (defined in Section 14.6 ) to occur (each, a “ Transfer ”).  If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (i) notice of the terms of the proposed Transfer, including its proposed effective date (the “ Contemplated Effective Date ”), a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Contemplated Transfer Space ”), a calculation of the Transfer Premium (defined in Section 14.3 ), and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (ii) current financial statements of the proposed transferee (or, in the case of a Change of Control, of the proposed new controlling party(ies)) certified by an officer or owner thereof and any other information reasonably required by Landlord in order to evaluate the proposed Transfer (collectively, the “ Transfer Notice ”).  Within 30 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of (a) its consent to the proposed Transfer, (b) its refusal to consent to the proposed Transfer, or (c) its exercise of its rights under Section 14.4 .  Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (defined in Section 19 ).  Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of $1,500.00 for Landlord’s review of any proposed Transfer, whether or not Landlord consents to it.
 

 
12

 

14.2   Landlord’s Consent .  Subject to Section 14.4 , Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer.  Without limiting other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to a proposed Transfer if:
 
14.2.1   The proposed transferee is not a party of reasonable financial strength in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date the Transfer Notice is received; or
 
14.2.2   The proposed transferee has a character or reputation or is engaged in a business that is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project; or
 
14.2.3   The proposed transferee is a governmental entity or a nonprofit organization; or
 
14.2.4   [Intentionally Omitted]; or
 
14.2.5   The proposed transferee or any of its Affiliates, on the date the Transfer Notice is received, leases or occupies (or, at any time during the 6-month period ending on the date the Transfer Notice is received, has provided Landlord with a written proposal or request for proposal to lease) space in the Project.
 
Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) if Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to this Section 14.2 but Tenant does not enter into such Transfer within six (6) months thereafter, such consent shall no longer apply and such Transfer shall not be permitted unless Tenant again obtains Landlord’s consent thereto pursuant and subject to the terms of this Section 14 ; and (b) if Landlord unreasonably withholds its consent under this Section 14.2 , Tenant’s sole remedies shall be contract damages (subject to Section 20 ) or specific performance, and Tenant waives all other remedies, including any right to terminate this Lease.
 
14.3   Transfer Premium .  If Landlord consents to a Transfer (other than a Change of Control), Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 50% of any Transfer Premium (defined below).  As used herein, “ Transfer Premium ” means (a) in the case of an assignment, any consideration (including payment for Leasehold Improvements) paid by the assignee for such assignment, less any reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such assignment, including brokerage fees, legal fees, and Landlord’s review fee; and (b) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, the amount by which all rent and other consideration paid by the transferee to Tenant pursuant to such agreement (less all reasonable and customary expenses directly incurred by Tenant on account of such agreement, including brokerage fees, legal fees, construction costs and Landlord’s review fee, as amortized on a monthly, straight-line basis over the term of such agreement), exceeds the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant hereunder with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space.  Payment of Landlord’s share of the Transfer Premium shall be made (x) in the case of an assignment, within 10 days after Tenant receives the consideration described above, and (y) in the case of a sublease, license or other occupancy agreement, for each month of the term of such agreement, within five (5) business days after Tenant receives the rent and other consideration described above.
 
14.4   Landlord’s Right to Recapture .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, except in the case of a Permitted Transfer (defined in Section 14.8 ) or a Change of Control, Landlord, by notifying Tenant within 30 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, may terminate this Lease with respect to the Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date.  If the Contemplated Transfer Space is less than the entire Premises, then Base Rent, Tenant’s Share, and the number of parking spaces to which Tenant is entitled under Section 1.9 shall be deemed adjusted on the basis of the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises retained by Tenant.  Upon request of either party, the parties shall execute a written agreement prepared by Landlord memorializing such termination.
 
14.5   Effect of Consent .  If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) such consent shall not be deemed a consent to any further Transfer, (ii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, upon Landlord’s request, a complete statement, certified by an independent CPA or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium.  In the case of an assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  No Transfer, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor hereof from any liability hereunder.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, Tenant, with or without Landlord’s consent, shall not enter into, or permit any party claiming by, through or under Tenant to enter into, any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement that provides for payment based in whole or in part on the net income or profit of the subtenant, licensee or other occupant thereunder.
 

 
13

 

14.6   Change of Control .  As used herein, “ Change of Control ” means (a) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, the withdrawal or change (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of 25% or more of its equity owners within a 12-month period; and (b) in all other cases, any transaction(s) resulting in the acquisition of a Controlling Interest (defined below) by one or more parties that did not own a Controlling Interest immediately before such transaction(s).  As used herein, “ Controlling Interest ” means any direct or indirect equity or beneficial ownership interest in Tenant that confers upon its holder(s) the direct or indirect power to direct the ordinary management and policies of Tenant, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (but not through the ownership of voting securities listed on a recognized securities exchange).  (Landlord acknowledges that, by operation of the definitions of “Transfer,” “Change of Control” and “Controlling Interest,” no stock of Tenant listed on a recognized securities exchange shall be deemed a Controlling Interest, and therefore no issuance of Tenant’s stock in an offering or sale on a recognized securities exchange shall be deemed a Change of Control or a Transfer.)
 
14.7   Effect of Default .  If Tenant is in Default, Landlord is irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any transferee under any sublease, license or other occupancy agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations hereunder) until such Default is cured.  Such transferee shall rely upon any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in Default, whether or not confirmed by Tenant.
 
14.8   Permitted Transfers .  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if Tenant is not in Default, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 14.1 , assign this Lease to (a) an Affiliate of Tenant (other than pursuant to a merger or consolidation), (b) a successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation, or (c) a successor to Tenant by purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets (a “ Permitted Transfer ”), provided that (i) at least 10 business days before the Transfer, Tenant notifies Landlord of such Transfer and delivers to Landlord any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord relating thereto, including reasonable documentation that the Transfer satisfies the requirements of this Section 14.8 ; (ii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (a) or (c) above, the assignee executes and delivers to Landlord, at least 10 business days before the assignment, a commercially reasonable instrument pursuant to which the assignee assumes, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder; (iii) in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (b) above, (A) the successor entity has a net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding intellectual property and any other intangible assets (“ Net Worth ”)) immediately after the Transfer that is not less than the Net Worth of Tenant immediately before the Transfer, and (B) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, at least 75% of its equity owners existing 12 months before the Transfer are also equity owners of the successor entity; (iv) the transferee is qualified to conduct business in the State of California; and (v) the Transfer is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not in order to evade the requirements of this Section 14 .  As used herein, “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any party, a person or entity that controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by such party.
 
15   SURRENDER .   Upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, and subject to Sections 8 and 11 and this Section 15 , Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good condition and repair as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, except for reasonable wear and tear and repairs that are Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder.  Before such expiration or termination, Tenant, without expense to Landlord, shall (a) remove from the Premises all debris and rubbish and all furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, Lines, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property that are owned or placed in the Premises by Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant (except for any Lines not required to be removed under Section 23 ), and (b) repair all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.  If Tenant fails to timely perform such removal and repair, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense (including storage costs).  If Tenant fails to remove such property from the Premises, or from storage, within 30 days after notice from Landlord, any part of such property shall be deemed, at Landlord’s option, either (x) conveyed to Landlord without compensation, or (y) abandoned.
 
16   HOLDOVER .   If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant’s tenancy shall be subject to the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance only, for the entire Premises, and Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent (on a per-month basis without reduction for any partial month) at a rate equal to 150% of the Monthly Rent applicable during the last calendar month of the Term.  Nothing in this Section 16 shall limit Landlord’s rights or remedies or be deemed a consent to any holdover.  If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant or to perform improvements for a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover, Tenant shall be liable for all resulting damages, including lost profits, incurred by Landlord.
 
17   SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.
 
17.1   This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all existing and future ground or underlying
 

 
14

 

leases, mortgages, trust deeds and other encumbrances against the Building or Project, all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof (each, a “ Security Agreement ”), and all advances made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless in each case the holder of such Security Agreement (each, a “ Security Holder ”) requires in writing that this Lease be superior thereto.  Upon any termination or foreclosure (or any delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure) of any Security Agreement, Tenant, upon request, shall attorn, without deduction or set-off, to the Security Holder or purchaser or any successor thereto and shall recognize such party as the lessor hereunder provided that such party agrees not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy so long as Tenant timely pays the Rent and otherwise performs its obligations hereunder.  Within 10 days after request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute such further instruments as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any Security Agreement.  Tenant waives any right it may have under Law to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder upon a foreclosure.  Within 10 business days after Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of such parties as Landlord may reasonably designate, including current and prospective Security Holders and prospective purchasers.
 
17.2   Notwithstanding Section 17.1 , Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease to a future Security Agreement shall not be effective unless Landlord has provided Tenant with a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement from the Security Holder.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, a non-disturbance agreement shall not be deemed commercially reasonable unless it provides that:  (a) so long as no Default exists, this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession hereunder shall remain in full force and effect; (b) the Security Holder shall have additional time (not to exceed 90 days after written notice from Tenant) to cure any default of Landlord; and (c) neither the Security Holder nor any successor in interest shall be (i) bound by (A) any payment of Rent for more than one (1) month in advance, or (B) any amendment of this Lease made without the written consent of the Security Holder or such successor in interest; (ii) liable for (A) the return of any security deposit, letter of credit or other collateral, except to the extent it was received by the Security Holder, or (B) any act, omission, representation, warranty or default of any prior landlord (including Landlord); or (iii) subject to any offset or defense that Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord).
 
18   ENTRY BY LANDLORD .   At all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant, or in an emergency, Landlord may enter the Premises to (i) inspect the Premises; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, current or prospective Security Holders or insurers, or, during the last 12 months of the Term (or while an uncured Default exists), prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of non-responsibility; or (iv) perform maintenance, repairs or alterations.  At any time and without notice to Tenant, Landlord may enter the Premises to perform required services.  If reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Premises to perform maintenance, repairs or alterations.  In an emergency, Landlord may use any means it deems proper to open doors to and in the Premises.  Except in an emergency, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises.  No entry into or closure of any portion of the Premises pursuant to this Section 18 shall render Landlord liable to Tenant, constitute a constructive eviction, or excuse Tenant from any obligation hereunder.
 
19   DEFAULTS; REMEDIES.
 
19.1   Events of Default .  The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a “ Default ”:
 
19.1.1   Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice to Tenant that such Rent was not paid when due; or
 
19.1.2   Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s cure herein (in which event Tenant’s failure to cure within such time period shall be a Default), and except as otherwise provided in this Section 19.1 , any breach by Tenant of any other provision hereof where such breach continues for 30 days after notice from Landlord; provided that if such breach cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, Tenant shall not be in Default as a result of such breach if Tenant diligently commences such cure within such period, thereafter diligently pursues such cure, and completes such cure within 60 days after Landlord’s notice; or
 
19.1.3   Abandonment or vacation of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or
 
19.1.4   Any breach by Tenant of Sections 5 , 14 , 17 or  18 where such breach continues for more than three (3) business days after notice from Landlord; or
 
19.1.5   Tenant becomes in breach of Section 25.3 .
 
If Tenant breaches a particular provision hereof (other than a provision requiring payment of Rent) on three (3) separate occasions during any 12-month period, Tenant’s subsequent breach of such
 

 
15

 

provision shall be, at Landlord’s option, an incurable Default.  The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by Law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.
 
19.2   Remedies Upon Default .  Upon any Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive) without any notice or demand:
 
19.2.1   Landlord may terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have for possession or arrearages in Rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:
 
(a)   The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus
 
(b)   The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
 
(c)   The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
 
(d)   Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including brokerage commissions, advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling any portion of the Premises for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; plus
 
(e)   At Landlord’s option, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Law.
 
As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b) , the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by allowing interest at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication G.13(415), published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord shall reasonably designate if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points, or (ii) the highest rate permitted by Law.  As used in Section 19.2.1(c) , the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.
 
19.2.2   Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).  Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.
 
19.2.3   Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 , or any Law or other provision hereof), without prior demand or notice except as required by Law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.
 
19.3   Efforts to Relet .  Unless Landlord provides Tenant with express notice to the contrary, no re-entry, repossession, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, reletting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Landlord shall (a) be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, or (b) operate to release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder.  Tenant waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming by, through or under Tenant, California Civil Code § 3275 and California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 1174(c) and 1179 and any existing or future rights to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, this Lease or Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination hereof.
 

 
16

 

19.4   Landlord Default .  Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless it breaches a provision hereof and such breach continues for 30 days after notice from Tenant; provided that if such breach cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period, Landlord shall not be in default as a result of such breach if Landlord diligently commences such cure within such period, thereafter diligently pursues such cure, and completes such cure within 60 days after Tenant’s notice.  Before exercising any remedies for a default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice and a reasonable time to cure to any Security Holder of which Tenant has been notified.
 
20   LANDLORD EXCULPATION .   Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (a) the liability of the Landlord Parties to Tenant shall be limited to an amount equal to the lesser of (i) Landlord’s interest in the Building, or (ii) the equity interest Landlord would have in the Building if the Building were encumbered by third-party debt in an amount equal to 80% of the value of the Building (as such value is determined by Landlord); (b) Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building for the recovery of any judgment or award against any Landlord Party; (c) no Landlord Party shall have any personal liability for any judgment or deficiency, and Tenant waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all parties claiming by, through or under Tenant; and (d) no Landlord Party shall be liable for any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, or for any form of special or consequential damage.
 
21   SECURITY DEPOSIT .   Concurrently with its execution and delivery hereof, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit, if any, as security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder.  If Tenant breaches any provision hereof, Landlord may, at its option, without notice to Tenant, apply all or part of the Security Deposit to pay any past-due Rent, cure any breach by Tenant, or compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage caused by such breach.  If Landlord so applies any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant, within three (3) days after demand therefor, shall restore the Security Deposit to its original amount.  The Security Deposit is not an advance payment of Rent or measure of damages.  Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within 60 days after the latest to occur of (a) the expiration of the Term, (b) Tenant’s surrender of the Premises as required hereunder, or (c) determination of the final Rent due from Tenant.  Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts.
 
22   [Intentionally Omitted.]
 
23   COMMUNICATIONS AND COMPUTER LINES.   All Lines installed pursuant to this Lease shall be (a) installed in accordance with Section 7 ; and (b) clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, and the purpose of such Lines (i) every six (6) feet outside the Premises (including the electrical room risers and any Common Areas), and (ii) at their termination points.  Landlord may designate specific contractors for work relating to vertical Lines.  Sufficient spare cables and space for additional cables shall be maintained for other occupants, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  Unless otherwise notified by Landlord, Tenant, at its expense and before the expiration or earlier termination hereof, shall remove all Lines and repair any resulting damage.  As used herein, “ Lines ” means all communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises, whenever and by whomever installed or paid for, including any such wires or cables installed pursuant to any prior lease.
 
24   PARKING .   Tenant may park in the Building’s parking facilities (the “ Parking Facility ”), in common with other tenants of the Building, upon the following terms and conditions.  Tenant shall not use more than the number of unreserved and/or reserved parking spaces set forth in Section 1.9 .  Tenant shall pay Landlord, in accordance with Section 3 , any fees for the parking spaces described in Section 1.9 .  Tenant shall pay Landlord any fees, taxes or other charges imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency in connection with the Parking Facility, to the extent such amounts are allocated to Tenant by Landlord.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall this Lease be affected, if any parking is impaired by (or any parking charges are imposed as a result of) any Law.  Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the Parking Facility, including any sticker or other identification system and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Parking Facility.  Landlord may, in its discretion, allocate and assign parking passes among Tenant and the other tenants in the Building.  Tenant’s use of the Parking Facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, and Landlord shall have no liability for any personal injury or damage to or theft of any vehicles or other property occurring in the Parking Facility or otherwise in connection with any use of the Parking Facility by Tenant, its employees or invitees.  Landlord may alter the size, configuration, design, layout or any other aspect of the Parking Facility without abatement of Rent or liability to Tenant provided that such alteration does not materially impair Tenant’s rights under this Section 24 .  In addition, for purposes of facilitating any such alteration, Landlord may temporarily deny or restrict access to the Parking Facility, without abatement of Rent or liability to Tenant, provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to make reasonable substitute parking available to Tenant.  Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator, in which case (i) such
 

 
17

 

parking operator shall have all the rights of control reserved herein by Landlord, (ii) Tenant shall enter into a parking agreement with such parking operator, (iii) Tenant shall pay such parking operator, rather than Landlord, any charge established hereunder for the parking spaces, and (iv) Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such parking operator except to the extent caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Tenant’s parking rights under this Section 24 are solely for the benefit of Tenant’s employees and invitees and such rights may not be transferred without Landlord’s prior consent, except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under Section 14 .
 
25   MISCELLANEOUS.
 
25.1   Notices .  No notice, demand, statement, designation, request, consent, approval, election or other communication given hereunder (“ Notice ”) shall be binding upon either party unless (a) it is in writing; (b) it is (i) sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (ii) delivered by a nationally recognized courier service, or (iii) delivered personally; and (c) it is sent or delivered to the address set forth in Section 1.10 or 1.11 , as applicable, or to such other place (other than a P.O. box) as the recipient may from time to time designate in a Notice to the other party.  Any Notice shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if Tenant is the recipient and has vacated its notice address without providing a new notice address, three (3) days after the date the Notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service as described above.
 
25.2   Force Majeure .  If either party is prevented from performing any obligation hereunder by any strike, act of God, war, terrorist act, shortage of labor or materials, governmental action, civil commotion or other cause beyond such party’s reasonable control (“ Force Majeure ”), such obligation shall be excused during (and any time period for the performance of such obligation shall be extended by) the period of such prevention; provided, however, that this Section 25.2 shall not (a) permit Tenant to hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination hereof, or (b) excuse any of Tenant’s obligations under Sections 3 , 4 , 5 , 21 or 25.3 or any of Tenant’s obligations whose nonperformance would interfere with another occupant’s use, occupancy or enjoyment of its premises or the Project.
 
25.3   Representations and Covenants .  Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that (a) Tenant is, and at all times during the Term will remain, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of its formation and qualified to do business in the state of California; (b) neither Tenant’s execution of nor its performance under this Lease will cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement or Law; (c) Tenant (and any guarantor hereof) has not, and at no time during the Term will have, (i) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by creditors, (iii) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (iv) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (v) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (vi) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally; and (d) each party that (other than through the passive ownership of interests traded on a recognized securities exchange) constitutes, owns, controls, or is owned or controlled by Tenant, any guarantor hereof or any subtenant of Tenant is not, and at no time during the Term will be, (i) in violation of any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, or (ii) among the parties identified on any list compiled pursuant to Executive Order 13224 for the purpose of identifying suspected terrorists or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/tllsdn.pdf or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list.
 
25.4   Signs .  Landlord shall include Tenant’s name in any tenant directory located in the lobby on the first floor of the Building.  If any part of the Premises is located on a multi-tenant floor, Landlord shall provide identifying suite signage for Tenant comparable to that provided by Landlord on similar floors in the Building.  Such identifying suite signage shall be provided at Landlord’s expense; provided, however, that any changes to such signage made after its initial installation shall be at Tenant’s expense.  Tenant may not install (a) any signs outside the Premises, or (b) without Landlord’s prior consent in its sole and absolute discretion, any signs, window coverings, blinds or similar items that are visible from outside the Premises.
 
25.5   Supplemental HVAC .  If any supplemental HVAC unit (a “ Unit ”) serves the Premises, then (a) Tenant shall pay the costs of all electricity consumed in the Unit’s operation, together with the cost of installing a meter to measure such consumption (subject to Exhibit B with respect to any Unit installed by Landlord as part of the Tenant Improvements); (b) subject to Section 3.2.3 of Exhibit B with respect to any Unit installed by Landlord as part of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant, at its expense, shall (i) operate and maintain the Unit in compliance with all applicable Laws and such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (ii) keep the Unit in as good working order and condition as exists upon its installation (or, if later, on the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises), subject to normal wear and tear and damage resulting from Casualty; (iii) maintain in effect, with a contractor reasonably
 

 
18

 

approved by Landlord, a contract for the maintenance and repair of the Unit, which contract shall require the contractor, at least once every three (3) months, to inspect the Unit and provide to Tenant a report of any defective conditions, together with any recommendations for maintenance, repair or parts-replacement; (iv) follow all reasonable recommendation of such contractor; and (v) promptly provide to Landlord a copy of such contract and each report issued thereunder; (c) the Unit shall become Landlord’s property upon installation and without compensation to Tenant; provided, however, that if the Unit was not installed by Landlord as part of the Tenant Improvements, then upon Landlord’s request at the expiration or earlier termination hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall remove the Unit and repair any resulting damage; (d) the Unit shall be deemed (i) a Leasehold Improvement (except for purposes of Section 8 ), and (ii) for purposes of Section 11 , part of the Premises; (e) if the Unit exists on the date of mutual execution and delivery hereof, Tenant accepts the Unit in its “as is” condition, without representation or warranty as to quality, condition, fitness for use or any other matter; (f) [Intentionally Omitted]; and (g) if any portion of the Unit is located on the roof, then (i) Tenant’s access to the roof shall be subject to such reasonable rules and procedures as Landlord may impose; (ii) Tenant shall maintain the affected portion of the roof in a clean and orderly condition and shall not interfere with use of the roof by Landlord or any other tenants or licensees; and (iii) Landlord may relocate the Unit and/or temporarily interrupt its operation, without liability to Tenant, as reasonably necessary to maintain and repair the roof or otherwise operate the Building.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, the Unit existing on the date of mutual execution and delivery hereof shall not be used, altered, damaged or removed by Tenant and shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 25.5 .
 
25.6   Attorneys’ Fees .  In any action or proceeding between the parties, including any appellate or alternative dispute resolution proceeding, the prevailing party may recover from the other party all of its costs and expenses in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.  Tenant shall pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other fees and costs that Landlord incurs in interpreting or enforcing this Lease or otherwise protecting its rights hereunder (a) where Tenant has failed to pay Rent when due, or (b) in any bankruptcy case, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other insolvency, liquidation or reorganization proceeding involving Tenant or this Lease.
 
25.7   Brokers .  Tenant represents to Landlord that it has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker as its broker in connection with this Lease.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from all claims of any brokers, other than Tenant’s Broker, claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease.  Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from all claims of any brokers, including Landlord’s Broker, claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease.  Tenant acknowledges that any Affiliate of Landlord that is involved in the negotiation of this Lease is representing only Landlord, and that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of such Affiliate in connection with this Lease or any subsequent amendment or other document related hereto has been or will be rendered as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.
 
25.8   Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY .   This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California.  THE PARTIES WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.
 
25.9   Waiver of Statutory Provisions .  Each party waives California Civil Code §§ 1932(2) and 1933(4).  Tenant waives (a) any rights under (i) California Civil Code §§ 1932(1), 1941, 1942, 1950.7 (except subsection (b)) or any similar Law, or (ii) California Code of Civil Procedure § 1265.130; and (b) any right to terminate this Lease under California Civil Code § 1995.310.
 
25.10   Interpretation .  As used herein, the capitalized term “Section” refers to a section hereof unless otherwise specifically provided herein.  As used in this Lease, the terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Lease and the term “include” and its derivatives are not limiting.  Any reference herein to “any part” or “any portion” of the Premises, the Property or any other property shall be construed to refer to all or any part of such property.  Wherever this Lease requires Tenant to comply with any Law, rule, regulation, procedure or other requirement or prohibits Tenant from engaging in any particular conduct, this Lease shall be deemed also to require Tenant to cause each of its employees, licensees, invitees and subtenants, and any other party claiming by, through or under Tenant, to comply with such requirement or refrain from engaging in such conduct, as the case may be.  Wherever this Lease requires Landlord to provide a customary service or to act in a reasonable manner (whether in incurring an expense, establishing a rule or regulation, providing an approval or consent, or performing any other act), this Lease shall be deemed also to provide that whether such service is customary or such conduct is reasonable shall be determined by reference to the practices of owners of buildings that (i) are comparable to the Building in size, age, class, quality and location, and (ii) at Landlord’s option, have
 

 
19

 

been, or are being prepared to be, certified under the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system or a similar rating system.  Tenant waives the benefit of any rule that a written agreement shall be construed against the drafting party.
 
25.11   Entire Agreement .  This Lease sets forth the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any previous agreements (none of which shall be used to interpret this Lease).  Tenant acknowledges that in entering into this Lease it has not relied upon any representation, warranty or statement, whether oral or written, not expressly set forth herein.  This Lease can be modified only by a written agreement signed by both parties.
 
25.12   Other .  Landlord, at its option, may cure any Default, without waiving any right or remedy or releasing Tenant from any obligation, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, the cost of such cure.  If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable, no other provision shall be affected .   Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute an option or offer to lease, and this instrument is not binding until it has been executed and delivered by both parties.  If Tenant is comprised of two or more parties, their obligations shall be joint and several.  Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision hereof in which time of performance is a factor.  So long as Tenant performs its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against any party claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms hereof.  Landlord may transfer its interest herein, in which event Landlord shall be released from, Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of, and the transferee shall be deemed to have assumed, all of Landlord’s obligations arising hereunder after the date of such transfer (including the return of any Security Deposit) and Tenant shall attorn to the transferee.  Landlord reserves all rights not expressly granted to Tenant hereunder, including the right to make alterations to the Project.  No rights to any view or to light or air over any property are granted to Tenant hereunder.  The expiration or termination hereof shall not relieve either party of any obligation that accrued before, or continues to accrue after, such expiration or termination.
 
[SIGNATURES ARE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]
 

 
20

 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.
 
 
LANDLORD :
 
CA-PRUNEYARD LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Delaware limited partnership
By:           EOP Owner GP L.L.C.,
             a Delaware limited liability company,
             its general partner
 
 
By:            /s/ Todd Hedrick
Name:            Todd Hedrick
Title:            Senior Vice President
 
 
TENANT :
 
GRAPHON CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
 
By:            /s/ William Swain
Name:            William Swain
Title:            Chief Financial Officer
 


 
21

 

EXHIBIT A
 
PRUNEYARD TOWER I

 
OUTLINE OF PREMISES
 

 

 

 
CAMPBELL OFFICE SCHEMATIC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A
 


 
 

 

EXHIBIT B
 
PRUNEYARD TOWER I
 
WORK LETTER

As used in this Exhibit B (this “ Work Letter ”), the following terms shall have the following meanings:  “ Agreement ” means the lease of which this Work Letter is a part.  “ Tenant Improvements ” means all improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to this Work Letter.  “ Tenant Improvement Work ” means the construction of the Tenant Improvements, together with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements.

1    COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENT WORK.   Except as provided in Section 2.7 below, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be performed at Landlord’s expense.

2  
PLANS.

2.1   Selection of Architect .  Landlord shall retain the architect/space planner (the “ Architect ”) and the engineering consultants (the “ Engineers ”) of Landlord’s choice to prepare all architectural plans for the Premises and all engineering Construction Drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life-safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises.  The plans and drawings to be prepared by the Architect and the Engineers shall be referred to herein as the “ Plans .”  Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that all elements of the design of the Plans are suitable for Tenant’s use of the Premises, and neither the preparation of the Plans by the Architect or the Engineers nor Landlord’s approval of the Plans shall relieve Tenant from such responsibility.  Landlord shall (a) cause the Plans, other than any Tenant Revision (defined in Section 2.7 below), to comply with Law; and (b) cause the Architect and Engineers to use the Required Level of Care (defined below) to cause any Tenant Revision to comply with Law ; provided, however, that Tenant, not Landlord, shall be responsible for any violation of Law resulting from Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than general office purposes.  As used herein, “ Required Level of Care ” means the level of care that reputable architects and engineers customarily use to cause drawings and specifications to comply with Law where such drawings and specifications are prepared for spaces in buildings comparable in quality to the Building.  Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that any Tenant Revision complies with Law to the extent Landlord is not expressly so responsible under this Section 2.1 , and neither the preparation of the Tenant Revision by the Architect or the Engineers nor Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Revision shall relieve Tenant from such responsibility.  To the extent that either party (the “ Responsible Party ”) is responsible under this Section 2.1 for causing any portion of the Plans to comply with Law, the Responsible Party may contest any alleged violation of Law in good faith, including by seeking a waiver or deferment of compliance, asserting any defense allowed by Law, and exercising any right of appeal (provided that the other party incurs no liability as a result of such contest and that, after completing such contest, the Responsible Party makes any modification to the Plans or any alteration to the Premises that is necessary to comply with any final order or judgment).

2.2   [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.3   Approved Space Plan.   Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that they have approved the space plan for the Premises, SP.4, dated December 14, 2011, job number 11364, prepared by AP+I Design, Inc., and the scope of work and programming information set forth in Exhibit B-1 (collectively, the “ Approved Space Plan ”).  All materials and finishes contemplated by the Approved Space Plan shall be deemed to be Building-standard unless otherwise expressly provided therein.

2.4   Intentionally Omitted.]

2.5   Construction Drawings .  Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to prepare and deliver to Tenant architectural, engineering and final architectural working drawings for the Tenant Improvement Work (the “ Construction Drawings ”) that conform to the Approved Space Plan.  Such preparation and delivery shall occur within 10 business days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement.  Tenant shall approve or disapprove the Construction Drawings by notice to Landlord.  If Tenant disapproves the Construction Drawings, Tenant’s notice of disapproval shall specify any revisions Tenant desires in the Construction Drawings.  After receiving such notice of disapproval, Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to revise the Construction Drawings, taking into account the reasons for Tenant’s disapproval (provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to cause the Architect or the Engineers to make any revision to the Construction Drawings that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would (a) cause the Construction Drawings to (i) fail to conform strictly to the Approved Space Plan, or (ii) fail to comply with Law or Landlord’s requirements for avoiding aesthetic, engineering or other conflicts with the design and function of the balance of the Building (collectively, the “ Landlord Requirements ”), or (b) increase the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work, or that Landlord



Exhibit B
 


 
1

 

otherwise reasonably disapproves), and resubmit the Construction Drawings to Tenant for its approval.  Such revision and resubmission shall occur within two (2) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of disapproval or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than five (5) business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such revision is material.  Such procedure shall be repeated as necessary until Tenant has approved the Construction Drawings.  The Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and Tenant are referred to herein as the “ Approved Construction Drawings ”.

2.6   [Intentionally Omitted.]

2.7   Revisions to Approved Construction Drawings .   If Tenant requests any revision to the Approved Construction Drawings (any such revision requested by Tenant, a “ Tenant Revision ”), Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice approving or reasonably disapproving such Tenant Revision, and, if Landlord approves such Tenant Revision, Landlord shall have such Tenant Revision made and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the total cost associated with the Tenant Improvement Work, within five (5) business days after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such Tenant Revision is not material, and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 10 business days after the later of such receipt or such execution and delivery) if such Tenant Revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within one (1) business day, shall notify Landlord whether it desires to proceed with such Tenant Revision.  If Landlord has commenced performance of the Tenant Improvement Work, then, in the absence of such authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such Tenant Revision.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, immediately upon demand, for any increase in the total cost associated with the Tenant Improvement Work that results from any Tenant Revision (including the cost of preparing the Tenant Revision).  Without limitation, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to disapprove any proposed Tenant Revision that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would fail to comply with Law or with the Landlord Requirements.  Landlord shall not revise the Approved Construction Drawings without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

2.8   Time Deadlines .   Tenant shall use its best efforts to cooperate with Landlord and its architect, engineers and other consultants to complete all phases of the Plans and obtain the permits for the Tenant Improvement Work as soon as possible after the execution of this Agreement, and Tenant shall meet with Landlord, in accordance with a schedule reasonably determined by Landlord, to discuss the parties’ progress.  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall approve the Construction Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above on or before Tenant’s Approval Deadline (defined below).  As used in this Work Letter, “ Tenant’s Approval Deadline ” means January 11, 2012; provided, however, that Tenant’s Approval Deadline shall be extended by one day for each day, if any, by which Tenant’s approval of the Construction Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above is delayed by any failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Section 2 .

3  
CONSTRUCTION.

3.1   Contractor .   A contractor designated by Landlord (the “ Contractor ”) shall perform the Tenant Improvement Work.  In addition, Landlord may select and/or approve of any subcontractors, mechanics and materialmen used in connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

3.2   Construction .

3.2.1   [Intentionally Omitted.]

3.2.2   Landlord’s Retention of Contractor .  Landlord shall independently retain the Contractor to perform the Tenant Improvement Work in accordance with the Approved Construction Drawings.

3.2.3   Contractor’s Warranties .  Tenant waives all claims against Landlord relating to any defects in the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that if, within 30 days after substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any non-latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, or if, within 11 months after substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall, at its option, either (a) assign to Tenant any right Landlord may have under the Construction Contract (defined below) to require the Contractor to correct, or pay for the correction of, such defect, or (b) at Tenant’s expense, use reasonable efforts to enforce such right directly against the Contractor for Tenant’s benefit.  As used in this Work Letter, “ Construction Contract ” means the construction contract between Landlord and the Contractor pursuant to which the Tenant Improvements will be constructed.



Exhibit B
 


 
2

 


4  
COMPLETION.

4.1   Ready for Occupancy .  For purposes of Section 1.3.2   of this Agreement, the Premises shall be deemed “ Ready for Occupancy ” upon the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work.  Subject to Section 4.2 below, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be “ substantially complete ” upon the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work pursuant to the Approved Construction Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other similar matter the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

4.2   Tenant Delay .  If the substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work is delayed (a “ Tenant Delay ”) as a result of (a) any failure of Tenant to approve the Construction Drawings pursuant to Section 2.5 above on or before Tenant’s Approval Deadline; (b) Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval; (c) any breach by Tenant of this Work Letter or the Lease; (d) any request by Tenant for a revision to the Approved Construction Drawings (except to the extent such delay results from any failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under Section 2.7 above); (e) Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements that are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of substantial completion of the Tenant Improvement Work as set forth in this Agreement; (f) any change to the base, shell or core of the Premises or Building required by the Approved Construction Drawings; or (g) any other act or omission of Tenant or any of its agents, employees or representatives, then, notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, and regardless of when the Tenant Improvement Work is actually substantially completed, the Tenant Improvement Work shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date on which the Tenant Improvement Work would have been substantially completed if no such Tenant Delay had occurred.

5   MISCELLANEOUS.   Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, if Tenant defaults under this Agreement before the Tenant Improvement Work is completed, Landlord’s obligations under this Work Letter shall be excused until such default is cured and Tenant shall be responsible for any resulting delay in the completion of the Tenant Improvement Work.  This Work Letter shall not apply to any space other than the Premises.

 



Exhibit B
 


 
3

 

EXHIBIT B-1
 
PRUNEYARD TOWER I

 
SCOPE OF WORK AND PROGRAMMING INFORMATION
 
 
 
CARPENTRY
 
Provide backing as required at 5 each LCD televisions
   
FRAMING / DRYWALL
 
Furnish and install approximately 142 lf of metal stud and drywall partition under existing grid. Drywall to be taped and finished to Level IV finish.  Furnish and install approximately 1,278 sf R-13 unfaced batt insulation in wall cavities.
MILLWORK / CABINETRY
 
Furnish and install 14 lf of 24” x 34” base cabinets. Furnish and install 14 lf 12” x 36” upper cabinets. Furnish and install 14 lf of 25 1/2” countertop.  All millwork to be finished in plastic laminate from available samples.
DOORS  / FRAMES / HARDWRE
 
 Furnish and install 6 each 3’ x 8’ 4" building standard door assemblies.  3 each to have 2’ x 8’ 4" integral sidelite frames. Provide 10’ x 8’ 4"clear aluminum frame to receive butt glazing at board room.
GLASS AND GLAZING
 
Furnish and install 3 each 1/4” x 2’ x 8’ 4" clear tempered glass in frames by others. Furnish and install 3/8” x 10’ x 8' 4" silicone filled butt joint glazing at board room.
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
 
Remove and store existing ceiling tiles as required for overhead rough-in. Reinstall ceiling tiles after rough-in completed.  Replace any damaged ceiling tiles.
FLOOR FINISHES
 
Furnish and install approximately 412 sy of building standard Shaw carpet chosen from available samples. Furnish and install approximately 278 sf of Armstrong “Stonetex” VCT. Furnish and install approximately 650 lf of 4” Burke rubber base.
PAINT AND WALL COVERINGS
 
Prep and paint new gypsum board surfaces 1 coat primer and 2 coats finish paint.
   
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
 
Furnish and install 2 each recessed fire extinguisher cabinets. Furnish and install 2 each fire extinguishers.
FIRE SPRINKLER
 
Add, and or relocate sprinkler heads and piping as required for new layout.  All heads to be Tyco model Universal with 155* orifice standard response semi-recessed chrome with chrome 2 piece escutcheons and centered in ceiling tiles.
 
 
PLUMBING
 
Furnish and install 1 each new break room sink with single handle faucet. Provide water lines for refrigerator and coffee maker.  Furnish and install all waste, vent and domestic water piping. Provide condensate piping for Server Room A/C.
HVAC
 
 
Modify existing ductwork for new layout.  The returns in each conference room will include acoustically lined duct section.  All other returns to be open to the plenum return system. Relocate existing thermostats as required. Furnish and install Comfort Star 2 Ton cooling only mini-split system.  The fan coil will be wall mounted inside the room and the condenser will be mounted in the ceiling plenum.  Furnish and install one each condensation pump located in the server room below the wall mount fan coil.  Comfort air balance the entire suite.

Exhibit B-1
 


 
1

 


ELECTRICAL
 
Relocate existing lights as required for new layout. Provide 4 new exit lights. Provide Title 24 compliant switching and motion sensors. Furnish and install 18 convenience duplex outlets. Furnish and install 11 ring and strings. Furnish and install 5 GFCI outlets at break room. Provide electrical connection to inst-hot water heater. Provide electrical connection to cubicles. Provide 6 dedicated 120 V 20A circuits at server room. Provide server room HVAC connection & Emon monitoring system. Provide 4 each poke-through floor box locations with coring.  Provide 4 TV power/data outlets.  Provide 4 additional A/V floor boxes with 1 1/4” conduit to 4 TV locations.  Furnish and install 1 1/2” conduit from server room to back side of stairwell wall.  Furnish and install 2 each dedicated outlets per revised plan.   NOTE: We have added 2" conduit at 11 each ring & string locations per plan comment.
FIRE LIFE SAFETY
 
Furnish and install 11 each Analog Photo Smoke Sensors including flanged bases. Furnish and install 10 each Multi Candela Speaker/Strobes white. Provide end user training and one set of manuals .



 

Exhibit B-1
 


 
2

 

EXHIBIT C
 
PRUNEYARD TOWER I

 
CONFIRMATION LETTER
 
 
 
_____________________, 20__
 
To:
_______________________
 
 
_______________________
 
 
_______________________
 
 
_______________________
 

Re:           Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated ______________, 20____, between ___________________________, a ________________________ (“ Landlord ”), and ______________________________, a _____________________ (“ Tenant ”), concerning Suite _____ on the _______ floor of the building located at ___________________, _____________________ California.
 
Lease ID: _____________________________
Business Unit Number: __________________

 
Dear _________________:
 
In accordance with the Lease, Tenant accepts possession of the Premises and confirms the following:
 
 
1.
The Commencement Date is _____________ and the Expiration Date is _______________.
 
 
2.
The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is _________ square feet, subject to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease.
 
 
3.
Tenant’s Share, based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises, is ____________%, subject to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease.
 
Please acknowledge the foregoing by signing all three (3) counterparts of this letter in the space provided below and returning two (2) fully executed counterparts to my attention.  Please note that, pursuant to Section 2.1.1 of the Lease, if Tenant fails to execute and return (or, by notice to Landlord, reasonably object to) this letter within five (5) days after receiving it, Tenant shall be deemed to have executed and returned it without exception.
 
 
“Landlord”:
 
_______________________________,
a ________________________
 
By:           
Name:           
Title:           
 
Agreed and Accepted as of                 , 200   .
“Tenant”:
 
_______________________________,
a ________________________
 
By:           
Name:           
Title:           
 
 

Exhibit C
 


 
 

 

EXHIBIT D
 
PRUNEYARD TOWER I

 
RULES AND REGULATIONS
 
Tenant shall comply with the following rules and regulations (as modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Rules and Regulations ”).  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of the Rules and Regulations by any other tenants or occupants of the Project.  In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.
 
1.           Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior consent.  Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant.  Two (2) keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord.  Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant, and if any such keys are lost, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing them or of changing the applicable locks if Landlord deems such changes necessary.
 
2.           All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.
 
3.           Landlord may close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.  Tenant shall cause its employees, agents, contractors, invitees and licensees who use Building doors during such hours to securely close and lock them after such use.  Any person entering or leaving the Building during such hours, or when the Building doors are otherwise locked, may be required to sign the Building register, and access to the Building may be refused unless such person has proper identification or has a previously arranged access pass.  Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests them.  Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.  Landlord and its agents shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission or exclusion of any person to or from the Building.  In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion, Landlord may prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.
 
4.           No furniture, freight or equipment shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord.  All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates.  Landlord may prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building.  Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight.  Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property.  Any damage to the Building, its contents, occupants or invitees resulting from Tenant’s moving or maintaining any such safe or other heavy property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant (notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease).
 
5.           No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.
 
6.           Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.
 
7.           No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior consent.  Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle or canvass any occupant of the Project.
 
8.           The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance shall be thrown therein.  Notwithstanding Sections 7 and 10.4 of this Lease, Tenant shall bear the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from any violation of this rule by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees.
 

Exhibit D
 


 
1

 

9.           Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, or mark, drive nails or screws or drill into the partitions, woodwork or (other than by reasonable methods in order to hang customary lightweight office decorations such as pictures and whiteboards) drywall of the Premises, or otherwise deface the Premises, without Landlord’s prior consent.  Tenant shall not purchase bottled water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person not approved by Landlord.
 
10.           Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.
 
11.           No inflammable, explosive or dangerous fluids or substances shall be used or kept by Tenant in the Premises or about the Project, except for such substances as are typically found in similar premises used for general office purposes and are being used by Tenant in a safe manner and in accordance with all Laws.  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use, store, install, disturb, spill, remove, release or dispose of, within or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project, any asbestos-containing materials or any solid, liquid or gaseous material now or subsequently considered toxic or hazardous under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. or any other applicable environmental Law.  Tenant shall comply with all Laws pertaining to and governing the use of these materials by Tenant and shall remain solely liable for the costs of abatement and removal.  No burning candle or other open flame shall be ignited or kept by Tenant in the Premises or about the Project.
 
12.           Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior consent, use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.
 
13.           Tenant shall not use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or occupy or use the Premises in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors or vibrations, or interfere with other occupants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, CD player or otherwise.  Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.
 
14.           Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals (other than service animals), birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.
 
15.           No cooking shall be done in the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for lodging, for living quarters or sleeping apartments, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and invitees, provided that such use complies with all Laws.
 
16.           The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except to the extent such storage may be incidental to the Permitted Use.  Tenant shall not occupy the Premises as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics or tobacco, or as a medical office, a barber or manicure shop, or an employment bureau, without Landlord’s prior consent.  Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees in the Premises except those actually working for Tenant in the Premises, nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.
 
17.           Landlord may exclude from the Project any person who, in Landlord’s judgment, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who violates any of these Rules and Regulations.
 
18.           Tenant shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.
 
19.           Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning, shall cooperate with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall not attempt to adjust any controls.  Tenant shall install and use in the Premises only ENERGY STAR rated equipment, where available.  Tenant shall use recycled paper in the Premises to the extent consistent with its business requirements.
 
20.           Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage inside the Premises.  No material shall be placed in the trash or garbage receptacles if, under Law, it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of disposing of trash and garbage in the vicinity of the Building.  All trash, garbage
 

Exhibit D
 


 
2

 

and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.  Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s recycling program, if any.
 
21.           Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.
 
22.           Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior consent and, while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or employee of such manager or Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.
 
23.           No awning or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior consent.  Other than Landlord’s Building-standard window coverings, no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises.  All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance by Landlord.  Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior consent.  Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings.
 
24.           Tenant shall not obstruct any sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows or doors that reflect or admit light or air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building, nor shall Tenant place any bottles, parcels or other articles on the windowsills.
 
25.           Tenant must comply with requests by Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.
 
26.           Tenant must comply with the State of California “No-Smoking” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5 and with any local “No-Smoking” ordinance that is not superseded by such law.
 
27.           Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.
 
28.           All office equipment of an electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.
 
29.           Tenant shall not use any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.
 
30.           No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without Landlord’s prior consent.
 
31.           Without Landlord’s prior consent, Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises.
 
Landlord may from time to time modify or supplement these Rules and Regulations in a manner that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is appropriate for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas and the Project, for the preservation of good order therein, and for the convenience of other occupants and tenants thereof.  Landlord may waive any of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any tenant, but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of such Rule and Regulation in favor of any other tenant nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing such Rule and Regulation against any tenant.
 

Exhibit D
 


 
3

 

EXHIBIT E

PRUNEYARD TOWER I

 
JUDICIAL REFERENCE
 

IF THE JURY-WAIVER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 25.8 OF THIS LEASE ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW SHALL APPLY.
 
It is the desire and intention of the parties to agree upon a mechanism and procedure under which controversies and disputes arising out of this Lease or related to the Premises will be resolved in a prompt and expeditious manner.  Accordingly, except with respect to actions for unlawful or forcible detainer or with respect to the prejudgment remedy of attachment, any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party hereto against the other (and/or against its officers, directors, employees, agents or subsidiaries or affiliated entities) on any matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be heard and resolved by a referee under the provisions of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 638 — 645.1, inclusive (as same may be amended, or any successor statute(s) thereto) (the “ Referee Sections ”).  Any fee to initiate the judicial reference proceedings and all fees charged and costs incurred by the referee shall be paid by the party initiating such procedure (except that if a reporter is requested by either party, then a reporter shall be present at all proceedings where requested and the fees of such reporter – except for copies ordered by the other parties – shall be borne by the party requesting the reporter); provided however, that allocation of the costs and fees, including any initiation fee, of such proceeding shall be ultimately determined in accordance with Section 25.6 of this Lease.  The venue of the proceedings shall be in the county in which the Premises is located.  Within 10 days of receipt by any party of a request to resolve any dispute or controversy pursuant to this Exhibit E , the parties shall agree upon a single referee who shall try all issues, whether of fact or law, and report a finding and judgment on such issues as required by the Referee Sections.  If the parties are unable to agree upon a referee within such 10-day period, then any party may thereafter file a lawsuit in the county in which the Premises is located for the purpose of appointment of a referee under the Referee Sections.  If the referee is appointed by the court, the referee shall be a neutral and impartial retired judge with substantial experience in the relevant matters to be determined, from Jams/Endispute, Inc., ADR Services, Inc. or a similar mediation/arbitration entity approved by each party in its sole and absolute discretion.  The proposed referee may be challenged by any party for any of the grounds listed in the Referee Sections.  The referee shall have the power to decide all issues of fact and law and report his or her decision on such issues, and to issue all recognized remedies available at law or in equity for any cause of action that is before the referee, including an award of attorneys’ fees and costs in accordance with this Lease.  The referee shall not, however, have the power to award punitive damages, nor any other damages that are not permitted by the express provisions of this Lease, and the parties waive any right to recover any such damages.  The parties may conduct all discovery as provided in the California Code of Civil Procedure, and the referee shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery orders in the same manner as any trial court judge, with rights to regulate discovery and to issue and enforce subpoenas, protective orders and other limitations on discovery available under California Law.  The reference proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with California Law (including the rules of evidence), and in all regards, the referee shall follow California Law applicable at the time of the reference proceeding.  The parties shall promptly and diligently cooperate with one another and the referee, and shall perform such acts as may be necessary to obtain a prompt and expeditious resolution of the dispute or controversy in accordance with the terms of this Exhibit E .  In this regard, the parties agree that the parties and the referee shall use best efforts to ensure that (a) discovery be conducted for a period no longer than 6 months from the date the referee is appointed, excluding motions regarding discovery, and (b) a trial date be set within 9 months of the date the referee is appointed.   In accordance with Section 644 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, the decision of the referee upon the whole issue must stand as the decision of the court, and upon the filing of the statement of decision with the clerk of the court, or with the judge if there is no clerk, judgment may be entered thereon in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the court.   Any decision of the referee and/or judgment or other order entered thereon shall be appealable to the same extent and in the same manner that such decision, judgment, or order would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior court in which venue is proper hereunder.  The referee shall in his/her statement of decision set forth his/her findings of fact and conclusions of law. The parties intend this general reference agreement to be specifically enforceable in accordance with the Code of Civil Procedure.  Nothing in this Exhibit E shall prejudice the right of any party to obtain provisional relief or other equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction as shall otherwise be available under the Code of Civil Procedure and/or applicable court rules.
 


Exhibit E
 


 
 

 

EXHIBIT F
 
PRUNEYARD TOWER I
 
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
 

1.  
Asbestos Notification .  Tenant acknowledges that it has received the asbestos notification letter attached to this Lease as Exhibit G , disclosing the existence of asbestos in the Building.  Tenant agrees to comply with the California “Connelly Act” and other applicable laws, including by providing copies of Landlord’s asbestos notification letter to all of Tenant’s “employees” and “owners”, as those terms are defined in the Connelly Act and other applicable laws.

2.
Early Entry .   Tenant may enter the Premises upon the full and final execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant solely for the purpose of installing telecommunications, data cabling, equipment, furnishings and other personal property in the Premises.  Other than the obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of any Expense Excess or Tax Excess, all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall apply during any period of such early entry.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may limit, suspend or terminate Tenant’s rights to enter the Premises pursuant to this Section if Landlord reasonably determines that such entry is endangering individuals working in the Premises or is delaying completion of the Tenant Improvement Work.

3.
Provisions Required Under Existing Security Agreement.   Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease:

 
A.
Permitted Use.   No portion of the Premises shall be used for any of the following uses:  any pornographic or obscene purposes, any commercial sex establishment, any pornographic, obscene, nude or semi-nude performances, modeling, materials, activities, or sexual conduct or any other use that, as of the time of the execution hereof, has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Property or its use, operation or value.

 
B.
Subordination and Attornment.   This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any Security Agreement (other than a ground lease) existing as of the date of mutual execution and delivery of this Lease (as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, an “ Existing Security Agreement ”) or any loan document secured by any Existing Security Agreement (an “ Existing Loan Document ”).  In the event of the enforcement by any Security Holder of any remedy under any Existing Security Agreement or Existing Loan Document, Tenant shall, at the option of the Security Holder or of any other person or entity succeeding to the interest of the Security Holder as a result of such enforcement, attorn to the Security Holder or to such person or entity and shall recognize the Security Holder or such successor in the interest as lessor under this Lease without change in the provisions thereof; provided, however, the Security Holder or such successor in interest shall not be liable for or bound by (i) any payment of an installment of rent or additional rent which may have been made more than thirty (30) days before the due date of such installment, (ii) any act or omission of or default by Landlord under this Lease (but the Security Holder, or such successor, shall be subject to the continuing obligations of Landlord to the extent arising from and after such succession to the extent of the Security Holder’s, or such successor’s, interest in the Property), (iii) any credits, claims, setoffs or defenses which Tenant may have against Landlord, or (iv) any obligation under this Lease to maintain a fitness facility at the Property.  Tenant, upon the reasonable request by the Security Holder or such successor in interest, shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming such attornment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Security Holder under any Existing Security Agreement or Existing Loan Document shall have entered into a separate subordination, attornment and non-disturbance agreement directly with Tenant governing Tenant’s obligation to attorn to the Security Holder or such successor in interest as lessor, the terms and provisions of such agreement shall supersede the provisions of this Subsection.

 
C.
Proceeds.

 
1.
As used herein, “ Proceeds ” means any compensation, awards, proceeds, damages, claims, insurance recoveries, causes or rights of action (whenever accrued) or payments which Landlord may receive or to which Landlord may become entitled with respect to the Property or any part thereof (other than payments received in connection with any liability or loss of rental value or business

Exhibit F
 


 
1

 

interruption insurance) in connection with any taking by condemnation or eminent domain (“ Taking ”) of, or any casualty or other damage or injury to, the Property or any part thereof.

 
2.
Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to entitle Tenant to receive and retain Proceeds except those that may be specifically awarded to it in condemnation proceedings because of the Taking of its trade fixtures and its leasehold improvements which have not become part of the Property and such business loss as Tenant may specifically and separately establish.  Nothing in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to expand any right Tenant may have under this Lease to receive or retain any Proceeds.

 
3.
Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to prevent Proceeds from being held and disbursed by any Security Holder under any Existing Loan Documents in accordance with the terms of such Existing Loan Documents.  However, if, in the event of any casualty or partial Taking, any obligation of Landlord under this Lease to restore the Premises or the Building is materially diminished by the operation of the preceding sentence, then Landlord, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of such casualty or partial Taking, shall provide written notice to Tenant describing such diminution with reasonably specificity, whereupon, unless Landlord has agreed in writing, in its sole and absolute discretion, to waive such diminution, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord delivered within 10 days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective 10 days after the date of such termination notice.

4.            Extension Option .

 
4.1.
Grant of Option; Conditions .  Tenant shall have the right (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term for one additional period of five (5) years commencing on the day following the Expiration Date   and ending on the 5 th  anniversary of the Expiration   Date (the “ Extension Term ”), if:

 
A.
Not less than nine (9) and not more than 12 full calendar months before the Expiration Date, Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord (the “ Extension Notice ”) electing to exercise the Extension Option and stating Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market (defined in Section 4.5 below) rate for the Extension Term;

 
B.
Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable cure period when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice;

 
C.
No part of the Premises is sublet (other than to an Affiliate of Tenant) when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice; and

 
D.
This Lease has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) before Tenant delivers the Extension Notice.

 
4.2.
Terms Applicable to Extension Term .

 
A.
During the Extension Term, (a) the Base Rent rate per rentable square foot shall be equal to the Prevailing Market rate per rentable square foot; (b) Base Rent shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases assumed in the determination of Prevailing Market rate; and (c) Base Rent shall be payable in monthly installments in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 
B.
During the Extension Term Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes for the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

 
4.3.
Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market .

 
A.
Initial Procedure .  Within 30 days after receiving the Extension Notice, Landlord shall give Tenant either (i) written notice (“ Landlord’s Binding Notice ”) accepting Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term stated in the Extension Notice, or (ii) written notice (“ Landlord’s Rejection Notice ”) rejecting such estimate and stating Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term.  If Landlord gives Tenant a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, Tenant, within 15 days thereafter, shall give Landlord either

Exhibit F
 


 
2

 

(i) written notice (“ Tenant’s Binding Notice ”) accepting Landlord’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term stated in such Landlord’s Rejection Notice, or (ii) written notice (“ Tenant’s Rejection Notice ”) rejecting such estimate.  If Tenant gives Landlord a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term.  If, within 30 days after delivery of a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, the provisions of Section 4.3.B below shall apply.

 
B.
Dispute Resolution Procedure .

 
1.
If, within 30 days after delivery of a Tenant’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, Landlord and Tenant, within five (5) days thereafter, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term (collectively, the “ Estimates ”).  Within seven (7) days after the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an appraiser to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term.  Each appraiser so selected shall be certified as an MAI appraiser or as an ASA appraiser and shall have had at least five (5) years experience within the previous 10 years as a real estate appraiser working in Campbell or San Jose, California, with working knowledge of current rental rates and leasing practices relating to buildings similar to the Building.  For purposes hereof, an “ MAI ” appraiser means an individual who holds an MAI designation conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or its successor organization, or in the event there is no successor organization, the organization and designation most similar), and an “ ASA ” appraiser means an individual who holds the Senior Member designation conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Society of Appraisers (or its successor organization, or, in the event there is no successor organization, the organization and designation most similar).

 
2.
If each party selects an appraiser in accordance with Section 4.3.B.1 above, the parties shall cause their respective appraisers to work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term.  The Estimate, if any, so agreed upon by such appraisers shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction.  If the appraisers fail to reach such agreement within 20 days after their selection, then, within 10 days after the expiration of such 20-day period, the parties shall instruct the appraisers to select a third appraiser meeting the above criteria (and if the appraisers fail to agree upon such third appraiser within 10 days after being so instructed, either party may cause a court of competent jurisdiction to select such third appraiser).  Promptly upon selection of such third appraiser, the parties shall instruct such appraiser (or, if only one of the parties has selected an appraiser within the 7-day period described above, then promptly after the expiration of such 7-day period the parties shall instruct such appraiser) to determine, as soon as practicable but in any case within 14 days after his selection, which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate.  Such determination by such appraiser (the “ Final Appraiser ”) shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term and may be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction.  If the Final Appraiser believes that expert advice would materially assist him, he may retain one or more qualified persons to provide such expert advice.  The parties shall share equally in the costs of the Final Appraiser and of any experts retained by the Final Appraiser.  Any fees of any other appraiser, counsel or expert engaged by Landlord or Tenant shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or expert.

 
C.
If the Prevailing Market rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Extension Term upon

Exhibit F
 


 
3

 

the terms and conditions in effect during the last month ending on or before the expiration date of this Lease until such time as the Prevailing Market rate has been determined.  Upon such determination, the Base Rent for the Extension Term shall be retroactively adjusted.  If such adjustment results in an under- or overpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the next Base Rent due under this Lease.

 
4.4.
Extension Amendment .   If Tenant is entitled to and properly exercises its Extension Option, and if the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term is determined in accordance with Section 4.3 above, Landlord, within a reasonable time thereafter, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant an amendment (the “ Extension Amendment ”) reflecting changes in the Base Rent, the Term, the Expiration Date, and other appropriate terms, and Tenant shall execute and return the Extension Amendment to Landlord within 15 business days after receiving it.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon determination of the Prevailing Market rate for the Extension Term in accordance with Section 4.3 above, an otherwise valid exercise of the Extension Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Extension Amendment is executed.

 
4.5.
Definition of Prevailing Market . For purposes of this Extension Option, “ Prevailing Market ” shall mean the arms-length, fair-market, annual rental rate per rentable square foot under extension and renewal leases and amendments entered into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises in the Building and office buildings comparable to the Building in the Campbell, California area.  The determination of Prevailing Market shall take into account any material economic differences between the terms of this Lease and any comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions, and the manner, if any, in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes.  The determination of Prevailing Market shall also take into consideration any reasonably anticipated changes in the Prevailing Market rate from the time such Prevailing Market rate is being determined and the time such Prevailing Market rate will become effective under this Lease.


 

Exhibit F
 


 
 

 

EXHIBIT G
 
PRUNEYARD TOWER I
 
ASBESTOS NOTIFICATION
 
Asbestos-containing materials (“ ACMs ”) were historically commonly used in the construction of commercial buildings across the country.  ACMs were commonly used because of their beneficial qualities; ACMs are fire-resistant and provide good noise and temperature insulation.
 
Some common types of ACMs include surfacing materials (such as spray-on fireproofing, stucco, plaster and textured paint), flooring materials (such as vinyl floor tile and vinyl floor sheeting) and their associated mastics, carpet mastic, thermal system insulation (such as pipe or duct wrap, boiler wrap and cooling tower insulation), roofing materials, drywall, drywall joint tape and drywall joint compound, acoustic ceiling tiles, transite board, base cove and associated mastic, caulking, window glazing and fire doors.  These materials are not required under law to be removed from any building (except prior to demolition and certain renovation projects).  Moreover, ACMs generally are not thought to present a threat to human health unless they cause a release of asbestos fibers into the air, which does not typically occur unless (1) the ACMs are in a deteriorated condition, or (2) the ACMs have been significantly disturbed (such as through abrasive cleaning, or maintenance or renovation activities).
 
It is possible that some of the various types of ACMs noted above (or other types) are present at various locations in the Building.  Anyone who finds any such materials in the Building should assume them to contain asbestos unless those materials are properly tested and found to be otherwise.  In addition, under applicable law, certain of these materials are required to be presumed to contain asbestos in   the Building because the Building was built prior to 1981 (these materials are typically referred to as “Presumed Asbestos Containing Materials” or “ PACM ”).  PACM consists of thermal system insulation and surfacing material found in buildings constructed prior to 1981, and asphalt or vinyl flooring installed prior to 1981.  If any thermal system insulation, asphalt or vinyl flooring or surfacing materials are found to be present in the Building, such materials must be considered PACM unless properly tested and found otherwise.  In addition, Landlord has identified the presence of certain ACMs in the Building.  For information about the specific types and locations of these identified ACMs, please contact the Building manager.  The Building Manager   maintains records of the Building’s asbestos information including any Building asbestos surveys, sampling and abatement reports.  This information is maintained as part of Landlord’s asbestos Operations and Maintenance Plan (“ O&M Plan ”).
 
The O&M Plan is designed to minimize the potential of any harmful asbestos exposure to any person in the Building. Because Landlord is not a physician, scientist or industrial hygienist, Landlord has no special knowledge of the health impact of exposure to asbestos.  Therefore, Landlord hired an independent environmental consulting firm to prepare the Building’s O&M Plan.  The O&M Plan includes a schedule of actions to be taken in order to (1) maintain any building ACMs in good condition, and (2) to prevent any significant disturbance of such ACMs.  Appropriate Landlord personnel receive regular periodic training on how to properly administer the O&M Plan.
 
The O&M Plan describes the risks associated with asbestos exposure and how to prevent such exposure.  The O&M Plan describes those risks, in general, as follows:  asbestos is not a significant health concern unless asbestos fibers are released and inhaled.  If inhaled, asbestos fibers can accumulate in the lungs and, as exposure increases, the risk of disease (such as asbestosis and cancer) increases.  However, measures taken to minimize exposure and consequently minimize the accumulation of fibers, can reduce the risk of adverse health effects.
 
The O&M Plan also describes a number of activities which should be avoided in order to prevent a release of asbestos fibers.  In particular, some of the activities which may present a health risk (because those activities may cause an airborne release of asbestos fibers) include moving, drilling, boring or otherwise disturbing ACMs.  Consequently, such activities should not be attempted by any person not qualified to handle ACMs.  In other words, the approval of Building management must be obtained prior to engaging in any such activities.  Please contact the Building manager   for more information in this regard.  A copy of the written O&M Plan for the Building is located in the Building Management Office and, upon your request, will be made available to tenants for you to review and copy during regular business hours.
 
Because of the presence of   ACM   in the Building, we are also providing the following warning, which is commonly known as a California Proposition 65 warning:
 
WARNING:  This building contains asbestos, a chemical known to the State of California to cause cancer.
 
Please contact the Building manager   with any questions regarding the contents of this Exhibit G .
 
 




 
Exhibit 10.15

CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
This Consulting Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February 1, 2012 (“ Effective Date ”) by and between GraphOn Corporation (“ Company ”). And Steven Ledger/Tamalpais Partners LLC (“ Consultant ”). Company desires to retain Consultant as an independent contractor to perform consulting services for the Company and Consultant is willing to perform such services, on terms set forth more fully below. In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties agree as follows:
 
1.  
SERVICES AND COMPENSATION
 
 
(a)   Consultant will perform for Company the services (“ Services ”) described in Exhibit A, attached hereto, in accordance with and on the schedule specified therein.
 
 
(b)   Company will pay Consultant the compensation set forth in Exhibit A for the performance of the Services.
 
 
2.  
CONFIDENTIALITY
 
 
(a)   Definition .                       “ Confidential Information ” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets of know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, formulas, technology, designs, drawing, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances of other business information disclosed by Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or inspection of parts of equipment.
 
 
(b)   Non-Use, Non-Disclosure and Standstill .   Consultant will not, during or after the term of this Agreement, use Company’s Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever other than the performance of the Services on behalf of Company or disclose Company’s Confidential Information to any third party. It is understood that said Confidential Information will remain the sole property of Company. Consultant will take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized disclosure of such Confidential Information including, but not limited to, having each employee of Consultant, if any, with access to Confidential Information, enter into a written nondisclosure agreement containing provisions in Company’s favor substantially similar to, and no less protective of Company than Sections 2, 3 and 4 of this Agreement. Confidential Information does not include information which is known to Consultant at the time of disclosure to Consultant by Company as evidenced by written records of Consultant, has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of Consultant, or has been rightfully received by Consultant from a third party who is authorized to make such disclosure. Consultant acknowledges his/its obligations under federal and state securities laws not to trade in the Company’s securities when in the possession of material non-public information regarding the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Further, the Consultant hereby agrees not to buy, sell, or enter into any transactions, agreements, or arrangements in or relating to securities, bank debt, instruments or interests of the Company during the period that Consultant is in possession of any Confidential Information for so long as such Confidential
 

 
 

 

Information remains material non-public information regarding the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates. Without Company’s prior written approval, Consultant will not directly or indirectly disclose to anyone the existence of this Agreement or the fact that Consultant has this arrangement with Company. Consultant also recognizes and agrees that Consultant has no expectation of privacy with respect to Company’s telecommunications, networking or information processing systems (including, without limitation, stored computer files, email messages and voice messages) and that Consultant’s activity, and any files of messages, on or using any of those systems may be monitored at any time without notice.
 
 
(c)    Former Employer’s Confidential Information .   Consultant will not, during the term of this Agreement, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or current employer or other person or entity with which Consultant has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Consultant, if any, and Consultant will not bring onto the premises of Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Consultant will indemnify Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation or claimed violation of a third party’s rights resulting in whole or in part form Company’s use of the work product of Consultant under this Agreement.
 
 
(d)   Third party Confidential Information .  Consultant recognizes that Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Consultant owes Company and such third parties, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary for carrying out the Services for Company consistent with Company’s agreement with such third party.
 
 
(e)   Return of Materials .  Upon the termination of this Agreement, or upon Company’s earlier request, Consultant will deliver to Company all of Company’s property or Confidential Information that Consultant may have in Consultant’s possession or control, expect that Consultant may keep personal copies of its compensation records and this Agreement.
 
 
(f)   Non-Solicit .  As additional protection for Confidential Information, during the period over which Consultant is (or is supposed to be) providing Services and for one year thereafter, Consultant will not directly or indirectly encourage or solicit any employee or consultant of Company to leave Company for any reason.
 
 
3.  
OWNERSHIP
 
 
(a)   Assignment . All copyrightable materials, notes, records, drawings, designs, inventions, improvements, developments, discoveries and trade secrets (collectively, “ Inventions ”) conceived, made or discovered by Consultant, solely or in collaboration with
 

 
2

 
Exhibit 10.15

others, during the period of this Agreement which relate in any manner to the business of Company that Consultant may be directed to undertake, investigate or experiment with, or which Consultant may become associated with in work, investigation or experimentation in the line of business of Company in performing the Services hereunder, are the sole property of Company. Consultant will assign (or cause to be assigned) and does hereby assign fully to Company all Inventions and any copyrights, patent rights, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. To the extent allowed by law, all Inventions which constitute original works of authorship (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the term hereof which qualify for protection by copyright are “works made for hire” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act.
 
 
(b)   Moral Rights .   To the extent allowed by law, Section 3(a) includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like. To the extent any of the foregoing is ineffective under applicable law, Consultant hereby provides any and all ratifications and consents necessary to accomplish the purposes of the foregoing to the extent possible. Consultant will confirm any such ratifications and consents from time to time as requested by Company. If any other person provides any Services, Consultant will obtain the foregoing ratifications, consents and authorization from such person for Company’s exclusive benefit.
 
 
(c)   Further Assurances .   Consultant will assist Company, or its designee, at Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patent rights, mask worth rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which Company deems necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to Company, its successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive right, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patent rights, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. Consultant’s obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is Consultant’s power to do so, any such instrument or papers will continue after termination of this Agreement.
 
 
(d)   Pre-Existing Materials .   If in the course of performing the Services, Consultant incorporates into any Invention developed hereunder any invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery or other proprietary information owned by Consultant or in which Consultant has an interest, (i) Consultant will inform Company, in writing before incorporating such invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery or other proprietary information into any Invention; and (ii) Company is hereby granted and will have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to make, have made, reproduce, modify and make derivative works of, use, sell, distribute and import such item as part of or in connection with
 

 
3

 

such Invention. Consultant will not incorporate any invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery or other proprietary information owned by any third party into any Invention without Company’s prior written permission.
 
 
(e)   Attorney in Fact .   If Company is unable because of Consultant’s unavailability, dissolution, mental or physical incapacity, or for any other reason, to secure Consultant’s signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or mask work or copyright registrations covering the Inventions assigned to Company above, then Consultant hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Consultant’s agent an attorney in fact, to act for and in Consultant’s behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Consultant.
 
 
4.  
CONSULTANT OBLIGATIONS
 
 
(a)   Conflicting Obligations .   Consultant certifies that Consultant has no outstanding agreement or obligation that is in conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, or that would preclude Consultant from complying with the provisions hereof, and further certifies that Consultant will not enter into any such conflicting agreement during the term of this Agreement.
 
 
(b)   Warranty .   Consultant warrants that: (i) the Services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner; (ii) all work under this Agreement will be Consultant’s original work and to the knowledge of Consultant, none of the Services or Inventions or any development, use, production, distribution or exploitation thereof will infringe, misappropriate or violate any intellectual property or other right of any person or entity (including, without limitation, Consultant); and (iii) Consultant has the full right to allow it to provide the Company with the assignments and rights provided for herein.
 
 
5.  
TERM AND TERMINATION
 
 
(a)   Term and Termination .   This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue for the term specified in Exhibit A, unless earlier terminated as provided below. Exhibit A may specify a Services start date if the commencement of Services by Consultant will be later than the Effective date of this Agreement. If either party materially breaches a material provision of this Agreement, the other party may terminate this Agreement upon five days’ notice unless the breach is cured with in the notice period. Company also may terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon ten days’ notice, but, if (and only if) without cause, Company will upon termination pay Consultant all unpaid amounts due for Services through January 31, 2013. Upon receipt of notice of termination, Consultant will stop all Services not expressly authorized by Company.
 
 
(b)   Survival .   Upon termination all rights and duties of the parties toward each other will cease except:
 

 
4

 

 
(i)   Company will be obliged to pay, within 30 days of the effective date of termination, all amounts owing to Consultant for Services completed and accepted by Company before the termination date and related expenses, if any, in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 (Services and Compensation) hereof; and
 
 
(ii)   Sections 2 (Confidentiality), 3 (Ownership), 5(b) (Survival), 6 (Assignment), 7 (Independent Contractor), 8 (Benefits), 10 (Governing Law), 11 (Entire Agreement), 12 (Attorney’s Fees) and 13 (Severability) will survive termination of this Agreement and any remedies for breach of this Agreement will survive any termination or expiration. Company may communicate such obligations to any other (or potential) client or employer of Consultant.
 
 
6.  
ASSIGNMENT
This Agreement and the Services contemplated hereunder are personal to Consultant and Consultant will not have the right or ability to assign, transfer, or subcontract any obligations under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of Company. Any attempt to do so will be void.
7.  
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
It is the express intention of the parties that Consultant is an independent contractor. Nothing in this Agreement will in any way be construed to constitute Consultant as an agent, employee or representative of Company, but Consultant will perform the Services hereunder as an independent contractor. Consultant will furnish (or reimburse Company for) all tools and materials necessary to accomplish the Services contemplated by this Agreement, and will incur all expenses associated with Consultant’s performance, except as expressly provided for on Exhibit A of this Agreement. Consultant will report as income all compensation received by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement, and Consultant will pay all self-employment and other taxes thereon. Consultant will indemnify and hold harmless Company and its directors, officers, and employees from and against all taxes, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees and other legal expenses, arising directly or indirectly from (i) any negligent, reckless or intentionally wrongful act of Consultant of Consultant’s employees, contractors, representatives or agents, (ii) a determination by a court or agency that the Consultant is not an independent contractor, or (iii) any breach by Consultant or Consultant’s employees, contractors, representatives or agents of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement.
8.   BENEFITS
It is the intent of the parties hereto that Consultant receive no Company-sponsored benefits from Company either as consultant or employee. Such benefits include, but are not limited to, paid vacation, sick leave, medical insurance, workers compensation insurance, and 401(k) participation. If Consultant is reclassified by a state or federal agency or court as an employee, Consultant will become a reclassified employee and will receive no benefits except those mandated by state or federal law, even if by the terms of Company’s benefit plans in effect

 
5

 

at the time of such reclassification Consultant would otherwise be eligible for such benefits.
9.   OTHER AGREEMENTS AND POLICIES
Before performing any Services hereunder, Consultant will review and agree to comply with Company’s Policy Against Insider Trading.
10.  
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California. Unless otherwise elected by Company in writing for a particular instance (which Company may do at its option), the sole jurisdiction and venue for actions related to the subject matter of this Agreement will be the state and federal courts having within their jurisdiction the location of Company’s headquarters. Each party consents to the jurisdiction of such courts with respect to any such actions. Any breach of Section 2 or 3 will cause irreparable harm to Company for which damages would not be an adequate remedy, and, therefore, Company will be entitled to injunctive relief, without the necessity of posting a bond, with respect thereto in addition to any other remedies to which Company is entitled.
11.  
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements between them, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.
12.  
ATTORNEY’S FEES
In any court action at law or equity which is brought by one of the parties to enforce or interpret the provisions of this agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in addition to any other relief to which that party may be entitled.
13.  
SEVERABILITY
The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement, or any terms thereof, will not affect the validity of this Agreement as a whole, which will at all times remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

GraphOn Corporation
Steven Ledger
 
Tamalpais Partners LLC
By:
/s/ Eldad Eilam *
 
By:
/s/ Steven A. Ledger
 
Name:
Eldad Eilam
   
Name:
Steven A. Ledger
 
Title:
Acting Chief Executive Officer
   
Title:
Managing Partner
       
Address:
Tamalpais Partners LLC
* Signed on April 4, 2012 to be effective as of February 1, 2012
   
24 Tamalpais Avenue
   
Mill Valley, CA 94941







Exhibit 23.1



Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


GraphOn Corporation
Santa Cruz, California


We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-177069, 333-156229, 333-145284, 333-119402, 333-107336, 333-40174, and 333-88255) of GraphOn Corporation of our report dated April 16, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of GraphOn Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2011.


/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP
Sacramento, California
April 16, 2012





Exhibit 31.1
 
I, Eldad Eilam, certify that:
 
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GraphOn Corporation (“registrant”);
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 16, 2012
/s/ Eldad Eilam                                                       
Eldad Eilam
Interim Chief Executive Officer


 
 

 
 
 
I, William Swain, certify that:
 
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GraphOn Corporation (“registrant”);
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
     
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
       
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
       
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
Date: April 16, 2012
 
/s/ William Swain                                            
William Swain
Chief Financial Officer
 

 





Exhibit 32.1

 (a) Certification of Annual Report by Chief Executive Officer.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of GraphOn Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Eldad Eilam, Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 

 
  /s/ Eldad Eilam                                                           
                                 Eldad Eilam
                                   Interim Chief Executive Officer
                                   April 16, 2012
 

 
 

 


 
(b) Certification of Annual Report by Chief Financial Officer.

 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of GraphOn Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William Swain, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 

 
  /s/ William Swain                                                            
                                 William Swain
                                   Chief Financial Officer
                                   April 16, 2012